WO2023011258A1 - 信号传输方法及装置 - Google Patents

信号传输方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011258A1
WO2023011258A1 PCT/CN2022/107961 CN2022107961W WO2023011258A1 WO 2023011258 A1 WO2023011258 A1 WO 2023011258A1 CN 2022107961 W CN2022107961 W CN 2022107961W WO 2023011258 A1 WO2023011258 A1 WO 2023011258A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
time domain
signal
domain position
pilot pattern
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/107961
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
马千里
黄煌
高宽栋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP22851972.4A priority Critical patent/EP4373043A1/en
Publication of WO2023011258A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011258A1/zh
Priority to US18/426,760 priority patent/US20240171437A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/261—Details of reference signals
    • H04L27/2613—Structure of the reference signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H04L1/1642—Formats specially adapted for sequence numbers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and in particular to a signal transmission method and device.
  • phase noise compensation is a very important link in the signal transmission process, which can reduce phase noise interference and avoid signal distortion, thereby improving the reliability of signal transmission.
  • a real-virtual separation design scheme is usually adopted.
  • a signal of user equipment (UE) two reference signals, for example, Q1 and Q3 are located at real signal positions and are continuous, and two redundant signals, for example, Q2 and Q4 are located at virtual Signal position and continuous.
  • the imaginary signal of Q1 will be interfered by Q2 and Q4, as well as adjacent data signals, such as INT1.
  • the imaginary signal of Q3 will also be interfered by Q2 and Q4, as well as adjacent data signals, such as INT3.
  • two reference signals for example, Q5 and Q7 are located at real signal positions and are continuous
  • two redundant signals for example, Q6 and Q8 are located at virtual signal positions and are continuous.
  • the imaginary signal of Q5 will be interfered by Q6 and Q8, as well as adjacent data signals, such as INT5.
  • the imaginary signal of Q7 will also be interfered by Q6 and Q8, as well as adjacent data signals, such as INT7.
  • the base station can determine the phase noise in the respective signals of UE1 and UE2 by adding and subtracting UE1's signal and UE2's signal, thereby realizing multi-user phase noise compensation.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a signal transmission method and device, which can not only realize multi-user phase noise compensation, but also reduce signal PAPR and improve signal transmission performance.
  • a signal transmission method includes: the terminal set acquires the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set, so as to send the signal corresponding to the terminal set to the network device.
  • the terminal set includes: M terminals, and M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • i and j are integers with arbitrary values between 1 and M.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the signal of the i-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal, and the signal of the j-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence, which can satisfy the multi-user phase noise Conditions required for compensation, so that multi-user phase noise compensation can be achieved.
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position is greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • condition 1 the polarity of the third reference signal is opposite to that of the seventh reference signal
  • condition 2 the polarity of the third reference signal of the third reference signal
  • the jth terminal can determine the energy optimal solution of the multiple redundant signals, that is, the lowest energy of the multiple redundant signals, so as to further reduce the PAPR of the signal, thereby further improving the transmission performance of the signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • condition 1 the polarity of the third reference signal is opposite to that of the seventh reference signal
  • condition 2 the polarity of the third reference signal of the third reference signal
  • Three interfering signals opposite in polarity to the fourth interfering signal of the seventh reference signal.
  • the jth terminal needs to determine the energy required for modulating two reference signals, such as the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal, on the basis of satisfying condition 1 and condition 2.
  • the interference of the fourth reference signal to the third reference signal can be reduced, thereby reducing the modulation of the third interference signal to interfere with the fourth
  • the fourth interference signal is 1 and the third interference signal is -1
  • the third interference signal is modulated to be -1.
  • the required energy is reduced from
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal.
  • the signal has the same amplitude as the fourth interfering signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the reference signal (or redundant signal) used for interference and the reference signal used for phase noise compensation are respectively located at the position of the real signal and the position of the imaginary signal, so that the redundant signal and the reference signal used for phase noise compensation
  • the real and imaginary parts of the reference signals may be partially orthogonal to each other, so that the interference between the reference signals can be reduced, so as to further reduce the PAPR of the signal and further improve the transmission performance of the signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • the time domain serial numbers are successive in sequence, and the time domain positions indicated by them are successively adjacent, That is, the third time domain position is adjacent to the fourth time domain position, the fourth time domain position is adjacent to the second time domain position, the second time domain position is adjacent to the first time domain position, and the first time domain position is adjacent to the second time domain position.
  • the five time domains are adjacent to each other.
  • the interference of the fourth reference signal of the j-th terminal to the seventh reference signal is the same as the interference of the second reference signal of the i-th terminal to the fifth reference signal, and is large enough to ensure that the phase noise Accuracy of Compensation.
  • the interference of the fourth reference signal of the j-th terminal to the third reference signal is smaller than the interference of the second reference signal of the i-th terminal to the first reference signal, which can reduce the energy required for modulating the signal, thereby reducing
  • the PAPR of the signal is used to achieve both phase noise compensation accuracy and low PAPR of the signal.
  • a signal transmission method includes: the network device sends pilot patterns corresponding to M terminals, and receives signals corresponding to the M terminals.
  • M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • i and j are integers with arbitrary values between 1 and M.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the value corresponding to the second reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the signal of the i-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal, and the signal of the j-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal.
  • the signal has the same amplitude as the fourth interfering signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • a signal transmission method includes: the network device sends a first pilot pattern of the first terminal, and receives a first signal from the first terminal. Wherein, the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal, and the sixth interference signal includes: the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the eleventh reference signal generated interference signals.
  • the first signal is determined based on the first pilot pattern.
  • the polarity of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal are opposite, which can meet the conditions required for multi-user phase noise compensation, so that multi-user phase noise compensation can be realized.
  • the polarity of the fifth interference signal is the same as that of the sixth interference signal, which can satisfy the condition required for energy minimization, so that the energy required for modulating the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal is the smallest, so that in realizing Multi-user phase noise compensation can reduce signal PAPR and improve signal transmission performance.
  • amplitudes of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same.
  • amplitudes of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal are co-located at the real signal position, or co-located at the virtual signal position
  • the position makes it unnecessary to perform real-to-virtual conversion in the signal modulation process, thereby simplifying the modulation process, so that the first terminal can modulate the corresponding signal faster, and improve the modulation efficiency of the signal.
  • the plurality of reference signals may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal; the first pilot pattern is also used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal at the ninth time domain position; if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are real signal positions, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are virtual signal positions, or, if the sixth time domain position and The seventh time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the reference signals (or redundant signals) used for interference such as the twelfth reference signal and the thirteenth reference signal
  • the reference signals used for phase noise compensation such as the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal
  • the reference signal used for phase noise compensation and the redundant signal can be in a partially orthogonal relationship between the real and imaginary parts, so that the interference between the reference signals can be reduced to further reduce the PAPR of the signal and further improve the signal transmission performance.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth position index and a seventh position index, the sixth time domain position is used to indicate the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position is used to indicate the seventh time domain position.
  • the first pilot pattern may further include: an eighth position index and a ninth position index, the eighth position index is used to indicate the eighth time domain position, and the ninth position index is used to indicate the ninth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the sixth position index and the eighth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the eighth position index and the seventh position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the seventh position index and the ninth position index are continuous. That is to say, in the order of the sixth position index, the eighth position index, the seventh position index, and the ninth position index, the time domain serial numbers are successive in sequence, and the time domain positions indicated by them are sequentially adjacent, that is, the twelfth reference signal are respectively adjacent to the time domain positions of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal, and the time domain positions of the thirteenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal are adjacent, that is, the redundant signal and the interfered reference signal
  • the time domain locations are adjacent. In this way, it can be ensured that the interference generated by the redundant signal to the interfered reference signal is large enough to ensure the accuracy of phase noise compensation.
  • a signal transmission method includes: the first terminal acquires a first pilot pattern of the first terminal, and sends a first signal to a network device. Wherein, the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the third pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal, and the sixth interference signal includes: the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the eleventh reference signal generated interference signals.
  • the first signal is determined based on the first pilot pattern.
  • amplitudes of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same.
  • amplitudes of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth position index and a seventh position index, the sixth time domain position is used to indicate the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position is used to indicate the seventh time domain position.
  • the plurality of reference signals may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal; the first pilot pattern is also used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal at the ninth time domain position; if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are real signal positions, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are virtual signal positions, or, if the sixth time domain position and The seventh time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: an eighth position index and a ninth position index, the eighth position index is used to indicate the eighth time domain position, and the ninth position index is used to indicate the ninth time domain position.
  • sixth position index and the eighth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • eighth position index and the seventh position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • seventh position index and the ninth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • a signal transmission device in a fifth aspect, includes: a receiving module and a sending module. Wherein, the receiving module is used to obtain the pilot pattern corresponding to the signal transmission device. The sending module is configured to send the signal corresponding to the terminal set to the network device.
  • the signal transmission device described in the fifth aspect includes: M terminals, where M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • i and j are integers with arbitrary values between 1 and M.
  • the time interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is smaller or greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the value corresponding to the second reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the signal of the i-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal, and the signal of the j-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal.
  • the signal has the same amplitude as the fourth interfering signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the device described in the fifth aspect.
  • the device described in the fifth aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the device described in the fifth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the device can execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • the device described in the fifth aspect may be a terminal set, such as a terminal set including M terminals, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the terminal set, or may include
  • the device of the terminal set is not limited in this application.
  • a signal transmission device includes: a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to send the pilot patterns corresponding to the M terminals;
  • the receiving module is used to receive the signals corresponding to the M terminals.
  • M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • i and j are integers with arbitrary values between 1 and M.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the value corresponding to the second reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the signal of the i-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal, and the signal of the j-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal.
  • the signal has the same amplitude as the fourth interfering signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and receiving function of the device described in the sixth aspect.
  • the device described in the sixth aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the device according to the sixth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the device can execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • the device described in the sixth aspect may be a network device, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the network device, or a device that includes the network device, which is not covered by this application. Do limited.
  • a signal transmission device includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
  • a sending module configured to send the first pilot pattern of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the first signal from the first terminal.
  • the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the third pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal
  • the sixth interference signal includes: the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the eleventh reference signal generated interference signals.
  • the first signal is determined based on the first pilot pattern.
  • amplitudes of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same.
  • amplitudes of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth position index and a seventh position index, the sixth time domain position is used to indicate the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position is used to indicate the seventh time domain position.
  • the plurality of reference signals may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal; the first pilot pattern is also used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal at the ninth time domain position; if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are real signal positions, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are virtual signal positions, or, if the sixth time domain position and The seventh time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: an eighth position index and a ninth position index, the eighth position index is used to indicate the eighth time domain position, and the ninth position index is used to indicate the ninth time domain position.
  • time domain serial numbers of the sixth position index and the eighth position index are continuous
  • the eighth position index is continuous with the time domain serial numbers of the seventh position index
  • the time domain serial numbers of the seventh position index and the ninth position index are continuous.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the device described in the seventh aspect.
  • the device according to the seventh aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the device according to the seventh aspect may further include a storage module storing programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the device can execute the method described in the third aspect.
  • the device described in the seventh aspect may be a network device, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the network device, or a device that includes the network device. Do limited.
  • a signal transmission device includes: a receiving module and a sending module. Wherein, the receiving module is used to obtain the first pilot pattern of the signal transmission device.
  • a sending module configured to send the first signal to the network device. Wherein, the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the third pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal
  • the sixth interference signal includes: the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the eleventh reference signal generated interference signals.
  • the first signal is determined based on the first pilot pattern.
  • amplitudes of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same.
  • amplitudes of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth position index and a seventh position index, the sixth time domain position is used to indicate the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position is used to indicate the seventh time domain position.
  • the plurality of reference signals may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal; the first pilot pattern is also used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal at the ninth time domain position; if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are real signal positions, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are virtual signal positions, or, if the sixth time domain position and The seventh time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: an eighth position index and a ninth position index, the eighth position index is used to indicate the eighth time domain position, and the ninth position index is used to indicate the ninth time domain position.
  • sixth position index and the eighth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • eighth position index and the seventh position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • seventh position index and the ninth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • the sending module and the receiving module may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the device described in the eighth aspect.
  • the device described in the eighth aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the device described in the eighth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the device can execute the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the device described in the eighth aspect may be a terminal device, such as the first terminal, or it may be a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the terminal device, or it may be a device that includes the terminal device, This application does not limit this.
  • a signal transmission method includes: the terminal acquires first information, and sends a signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern
  • the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position
  • the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the domain position, the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position
  • the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the terminal can choose to use the corresponding pilot pattern to send For example, when a terminal has selected the first pilot pattern and the first precoding sequence to send the signal, another terminal may select the second pilot pattern and the second precoding sequence to send the signal.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence, the multi-user phase noise compensation can be satisfied The required conditions, so that multi-user phase noise compensation can be realized.
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is greater than the first time domain position and the second time domain position.
  • the time domain interval between the third time domain positions, or the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position is greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position, thereby reducing the The interference of the second reference signal to the first reference signal, or reduce the interference of the fourth reference signal to the third reference signal, thereby reducing the energy required for modulating the first reference signal or the third reference signal, and then realizing multi-user phase noise
  • the PAPR of the signal is reduced, and the signal transmission performance is improved to achieve greater coverage and less distortion.
  • the first information includes a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern, So that the terminal can determine which pilot pattern to use to send a signal according to the precoding sequence in the first information without additional signaling indication, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving communication efficiency.
  • the method described in the ninth aspect may further include: the terminal acquires second information, where the second information includes a correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern, and/or Or the correspondence between the second precoding sequence and the second pilot pattern, so that when the terminal receives the first information, it can accurately determine the pilot pattern it needs to use according to the above correspondence between the precoding sequence and the pilot pattern .
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode or the second mode
  • the first mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the second pilot pattern.
  • the frequency pattern so that the terminal can determine which pilot pattern to use to send a signal according to the mode indicated by the first information, without additional signaling indication, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving communication efficiency.
  • the method described in the ninth aspect may further include: the terminal acquires second information, the second information includes the correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern, and/or the second The corresponding relationship between the two patterns and the second pilot pattern, so that when the terminal receives the first information, it can accurately determine the pilot pattern it needs to use according to the corresponding relationship between the pattern and the pilot pattern.
  • the first information may further include the first pilot pattern and/or the second pilot pattern, so as to implement signaling multiplexing and improve communication efficiency.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal, and the fourth interference signal includes: the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal An interference signal generated for the seventh reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position; the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate It is indicated that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal on the contrary.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the third reference signal
  • the fourth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the fourth
  • the amplitude of the interfering signal is the same.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are The domain position is the real signal position.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position; or the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index can be used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index can be used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • a signal transmission method includes: the network device sends first information, and receives a signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern
  • the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position
  • the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the domain position, the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position
  • the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the first information may include a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern .
  • the method described in the tenth aspect may further include: the network device sends second information, where the second information includes a correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern, And/or the correspondence between the second precoding sequence and the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode or the second mode
  • the first mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the second pilot pattern. frequency pattern.
  • the method described in the tenth aspect may further include: the network device sends second information, the second information includes a correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern, and/or Or the corresponding relationship between the second pattern and the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information may further include a first pilot pattern and/or a second pilot pattern.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position;
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate Indicates that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position; in the first precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the first reference signal The value corresponding to the fifth reference signal is the same; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal, and the fourth interference signal includes: the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal An interference signal generated for the seventh reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal on the contrary.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the third reference signal
  • the fourth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the fourth
  • the amplitude of the interfering signal is the same.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are The position in the domain is the position of the real signal
  • the position in the fourth time domain is the position of the real signal
  • the position in the fifth time domain is the position of the virtual signal
  • the position in the fourth time domain is the position of the virtual signal
  • the position in the fifth time domain is the position of the real signal.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index is used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index is used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index is used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index is used to indicate the fourth time domain position.
  • the time domain position, the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index is used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index is used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index is used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index is used to indicate the fourth time domain position.
  • the time domain position, the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • a signal transmission device includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to acquire the first information;
  • the sending module is used to send the signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information is used to instruct the device described in the eleventh aspect to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern, the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second The two reference signals are located at the second time domain position, the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the first information includes a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern.
  • the receiving module is further configured to acquire second information before acquiring the first information, where the second information includes a correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern, and/or the relationship between the second precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern The corresponding relationship of the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode or the second mode
  • the first mode may be used to indicate that the device described in the eleventh aspect uses the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used The device of the eleventh aspect is indicated to use the second pilot pattern.
  • the receiving module is further configured to acquire second information before acquiring the first information, the second information including the correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern, and/or the second pattern and the second pilot pattern pattern correspondence.
  • the first information may further include a first pilot pattern and/or a second pilot pattern.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal, and the fourth interference signal includes: the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal An interference signal generated for the seventh reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position; the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate It is indicated that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal on the contrary.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the third reference signal
  • the fourth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the fourth
  • the amplitude of the interfering signal is the same.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are The domain position is the real signal position.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position; or the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index can be used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index can be used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the device described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the device described in the eleventh aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the device described in the eleventh aspect may further include a storage module storing programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the device can execute the method described in the ninth aspect.
  • the device described in the eleventh aspect may be a terminal, or a chip (system) or other components or components that may be installed in a terminal, or a device that includes a terminal, which is not covered by this application. limited.
  • a signal transmission device includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the sending module is used to send the first information;
  • the receiving module is used to receive the signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern, the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the domain position, the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the first information may include a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern .
  • the sending module is further configured to send second information before sending the first information, where the second information includes a correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern, and/or the second precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern The corresponding relationship of the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode or the second mode
  • the first mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the second pilot pattern. frequency pattern.
  • the sending module is further configured to send second information before sending the first information, the second information includes the correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern, and/or the second pattern and the second pilot pattern pattern correspondence.
  • the first information may further include a first pilot pattern and/or a second pilot pattern.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position;
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate Indicates that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position; in the first precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the first reference signal The value corresponding to the fifth reference signal is the same; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal, and the fourth interference signal includes: the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal An interference signal generated for the seventh reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal on the contrary.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the third reference signal
  • the fourth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the fourth
  • the amplitude of the interfering signal is the same.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are The position in the domain is the position of the real signal
  • the position in the fourth time domain is the position of the real signal
  • the position in the fifth time domain is the position of the virtual signal
  • the position in the fourth time domain is the position of the virtual signal
  • the position in the fifth time domain is the position of the real signal.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index is used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index is used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index is used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index is used to indicate the fourth time domain position.
  • the time domain position, the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index is used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index is used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index is used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index is used to indicate the fourth time domain position.
  • the time domain position, the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is used to implement the sending function and receiving function of the device described in the twelfth aspect.
  • the device described in the twelfth aspect may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the device.
  • the device according to the twelfth aspect may further include a storage module storing programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction, the device can execute the method described in the tenth aspect.
  • the device described in the twelfth aspect may be a network device, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the network device, or a device that includes the network device. This is not limited.
  • a signal transmission device in a thirteenth aspect, includes: a processor. Wherein, the processor is configured to execute the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and any one of the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the device described in the thirteenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used by the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the device described in the thirteenth aspect may further include a memory.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor or set separately.
  • the memory may be used to store the computer program and/or data involved in the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the device described in the thirteenth aspect may be the terminal set described in the first aspect, or the network device described in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the terminal device described in the fourth aspect, such as the first
  • the technical effect of the device described in the thirteenth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect, and will not be repeated here.
  • a signal transmission device includes: a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the device executes the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the device described in the fourteenth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used by the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the apparatus described in the fourteenth aspect may be the terminal set described in the first aspect, or the network device described in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the terminal device described in the fourth aspect, such as the first
  • a signal transmission device in a fifteenth aspect, includes: a logic circuit and an input and output interface. Among them, the input and output interface is used to receive the code instruction and transmit it to the logic circuit.
  • the logic circuit is used to execute code instructions to execute the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the device described in the fifteenth aspect may be the terminal set described in the first aspect, or the network device described in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the terminal device described in the fourth aspect, such as the first
  • the technical effect of the device described in the fifteenth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • a signal transmission device in a sixteenth aspect, includes: a processor and a transceiver. Wherein, the transceiver is used for information exchange between the signal transmission device and other devices, and the processor executes program instructions to execute the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects, and the ninth to tenth aspects. method.
  • the device described in the sixteenth aspect may further include a memory.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor or set separately.
  • the memory may be used to store the computer program and/or data involved in the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the device described in the sixteenth aspect may be the terminal set described in the first aspect, or the network device described in the second aspect, the third aspect, or the terminal device described in the fourth aspect, such as the first
  • the technical effect of the device described in the sixteenth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the method described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect, and will not be repeated here.
  • a communication system in a seventeenth aspect, includes one or more network devices, and one or more terminals, such as a terminal (that is, a first terminal) or a set of terminals.
  • the set of terminals is used to execute the method described in the first aspect, or the terminal is used to execute the method described in the fourth aspect or the ninth aspect.
  • the network device is configured to execute the method described in the first aspect, the second aspect or the tenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including: a computer program or an instruction; when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program product including a computer program or an instruction, and when the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and the ninth aspect to the tenth aspect The method described in any aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an existing pilot pattern
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of grouping of PTRS and data
  • Fig. 3 is the second schematic diagram of grouping of PTRS and data
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a waveform of a multi-carrier signal
  • Fig. 5 is the schematic flow chart of the time domain realization of SC-OQAM
  • Fig. 6 is the waveform diagram of SC-OQAM
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow diagram of frequency domain implementation of SC-OQAM
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow diagram of frequency domain filtering
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram 1 of reference signal positions in SC-OQAM.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram 2 of reference signal positions in SC-OQAM
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram three of reference signal positions in SC-OQAM.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram 4 of reference signal positions in SC-OQAM
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a reference signal position of UE1
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a reference signal position of UE2
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a first schematic flowchart of a signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram 1 of reference signal positions of UE1 and UE2;
  • FIG. 18 is a second schematic diagram of reference signal positions of UE1 and UE2;
  • FIG. 19 is a second schematic flow diagram of the signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a third schematic diagram of reference signal positions of UE1 and UE2;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flow diagram III of the signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a first structural schematic diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a second structural schematic diagram of the signal transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a third structural schematic diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the phase noise will cause the signal to generate a random phase shift in the time domain, and this phase shift can also be observed in the frequency domain.
  • the entire power of the oscillator should be concentrated at the frequency fo, or the reference frequency.
  • the signal is disturbed by phase noise, it will cause part of the power of the oscillator to spread from the reference frequency to the adjacent frequency, resulting in sidebands.
  • the transmitted signals are all obtained by frequency multiplication of low-frequency signals.
  • the magnitude of phase noise is positively correlated with the magnitude of the frequency multiplication factor. The larger the frequency multiplication factor, the higher the frequency of the signal and the greater the phase noise.
  • phase noise compensation needs to be accurately performed to avoid signal distortion as much as possible.
  • the DFT-s-OFDM technology introduces a reference signal, or pilot frequency, such as a phase tracking reference signal (phase tracking reference signal, PTRS), which is used to realize phase noise compensation by analyzing the phase noise interference of the reference signal, thereby Improves demodulation performance of signals under phase noise conditions.
  • the transmitting end such as the UE, may insert the reference signal into each group of data signals.
  • Fig. 2 is a timing diagram of signals corresponding to DFT-s-OFDM.
  • data signals can have multiple groups, such as 2 groups, 4 groups or 8 groups, etc., and the two ends or the middle of each group of data can be Insert corresponding number of reference signals, such as 2 or 4 reference signals, etc.
  • the UE can send the reference signal and data signal to the receiving end, such as the base station, so that the base station can receive the reference signal and data signal interfered by phase noise, and determine the phase of each group of data signals according to the reference signal interfered by phase noise. Noise, so that phase noise compensation is performed on each group of data signals interfered by phase noise, so as to eliminate the interference of phase noise on data signals.
  • multiple UEs send signals (reference signals and data signals) to the base station at the same time.
  • the UE needs to use a precoding sequence (composed of 1 and -1 Sequence) modulated signals, so that the signals of multiple UEs received by the base station are decoupled, so as to implement phase noise compensation for the signals of each UE.
  • two UEs are taken as an example below to specifically introduce phase noise compensation in a multi-user scenario.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of signal timing in a multi-user scenario.
  • two reference signals can be inserted into each group of data signals of UE1 and UE2, and the two reference signals are located at the same time domain position.
  • UE1 uses the precoding sequence [1,1] to modulate the reference signal
  • UE2 uses the precoding sequence [1,-1] to modulate the reference signal
  • UE1 and UE2 transmit the reference signal to the base station at the same time
  • the received signal of the base station can be expressed as follows Formula 1 and Formula 2 show:
  • Y1 is the received signal of the base station at the time domain position where one reference signal is located
  • Y2 is the received signal of the base station at the time domain position where another reference signal is located
  • PTRS UE1 is the reference signal of UE1
  • PTRS UE2 is the reference signal of UE2
  • exp(1i* ⁇ 1) is the phase noise of UE1
  • exp(1i* ⁇ 2) is the phase noise of UE2.
  • the base station can respectively determine the phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 1) and phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 2) through Y1+Y2 and Y1-Y2, so as to realize the phase noise compensation of UE1 and UE2, that is, the multi-user phase noise noise compensation.
  • the minimum number of reference signals needs to be two.
  • the number and length of precoding sequences can be increased accordingly to achieve phase noise compensation for more users.
  • the precoding sequences corresponding to the 4 UEs can be: [1,1,1,1], [1,-1,1,-1], [1,1,- 1,-1], [1,-1,-1,1], and the number of UEs is 8, 16, and so on.
  • PAPR refers to the ratio of the maximum instantaneous power to the average power, also known as the peak-to-average ratio.
  • the wireless signal is observed in the time domain as a sine wave with continuously changing amplitude, the signal amplitude in each cycle is not the same, therefore, the average power and peak power in each cycle are also different.
  • the ratio of average power to peak power per cycle is not suitable for measuring PAPR.
  • a long period of observation is required, such as multiple consecutive periods.
  • the peak power can appear with a certain probability, such as the probability of 0.01%, or the maximum instantaneous power with a probability of 10-4, and the ratio of the maximum instantaneous power to the average power is PAPR.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the waveform of a multi-carrier signal.
  • the waveform of a certain carrier signal can be a sinc function, that is, the peak is located in the middle and formed on the left and right sides of the peak. smear.
  • the peaks of a plurality of consecutive carrier signals can be superimposed to form a high peak area, such as the area L.
  • the maximum transient power generated in the high peak area is usually very large, resulting in a relatively large PAPR of the system.
  • a power amplifier is required to amplify the power of the signal.
  • the power amplifier can only linearly amplify the signal within a certain power range. Exceeding this power range will cause signal distortion, which will cause the receiving end to fail to correctly analyze the signal.
  • the PAPR of the signal is too large, the amplification factor of the signal in the power range will be reduced, or the amplification efficiency will be reduced, resulting in a smaller coverage area of the signal. Therefore, in order to meet the coverage requirement of the signal, it is necessary to reduce the PAPR of the signal as much as possible.
  • SC-OQAM Single-carrier offset quadrature amplitude modulation
  • SC-OQAM there are generally two ways to implement SC-OQAM, one is implemented in the time domain, and the other is implemented in the frequency domain, which will be introduced respectively below.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flow diagram of time domain implementation.
  • UE can modulate the data signal to be sent, such as encoded 01 character string, into a discrete time domain signal, such as discrete The real signal and the discrete imaginary signal.
  • the UE may perform up-sampling, or interpolation processing, on the discrete real-number signal and the discrete imaginary-number signal, so as to obtain a more continuous signal in the time domain, such as an up-sampled real-number signal and an up-sampled imaginary-number signal.
  • the UE can choose to delay one of the signals by T/2, for example, delay the upsampled imaginary signal by T/2, so as to obtain the real signal and the imaginary signal with a partial orthogonal relationship, or the quadrature amplitude separated by real and imaginary Modulation (quadrature amplitude modulation, QAM) signal.
  • the time domain position where the real number signal (peak of the real number signal) is located may be called a real signal position
  • the time domain position where the imaginary number signal (peak of the imaginary number signal) is located may be called an imaginary signal position.
  • Fig. 6 is a waveform schematic diagram of a partial orthogonal relationship. As shown in Fig.
  • the time domain interval between the real number signal 1 (shown by the solid line) and the imaginary number signal j1 (shown by the dotted line) is T/2
  • the real number signal 2 (shown by the dotted line) The time domain interval between the solid line) and the imaginary signal j2 (shown by the dotted line) is T/2. It can be seen that the real number signal 1 is in a non-orthogonal relationship with the next signal, such as the imaginary signal j1 , but the real number signal 1 is in an orthogonal relationship with the next two signals, such as the real number signal 2 .
  • the imaginary signal j1 is non-orthogonal to the next signal, such as the real signal 2, but the imaginary signal j1 is orthogonal to the next two signals, such as the imaginary signal j2. That is to say, the partial orthogonal relationship means that a signal is non-orthogonal to the next signal of the signal, and the signal is orthogonal to the next two signals of the signal.
  • the advantage of this is that the crest of the real number signal The non-peak of the imaginary signal is superimposed to avoid the simultaneous superposition of the peak of the real signal and the peak of the imaginary signal in the complex signal, so that the PAPR of the signal can be effectively reduced.
  • the UE can perform pulse shaping on the real-virtual separated QAM signal, or use a filter to filter, so as to further reduce the PAPR of the signal, so as to obtain a shaped real signal and a shaped imaginary signal.
  • the UE can downsample the shaped real number signal and the shaped imaginary number signal, or perform decimation processing, so as to obtain the downsampled real number signal and the downsampled imaginary number signal, and send the downsampled signal through the radio frequency antenna.
  • the real number signal and the downsampled imaginary number signal so that the receiving end, such as the base station, can receive the downsampled real number signal and the downsampled imaginary number signal.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the flow of frequency domain implementation, as shown in a in Figure 7, first, the UE can modulate the data signal to be sent into a discrete time domain signal, and then the discrete time domain signal Upsampling and delaying by T/2 are performed sequentially to obtain a real-virtual separated QAM signal.
  • the specific implementation principle can refer to the relevant introduction in the above-mentioned time-domain implementation, and will not be repeated here.
  • the UE can perform discrete Fourier transform (DFT) on the QAM signal to obtain frequency-domain real number signals, such as [X1,X2,X3,...], and frequency-domain imaginary number signals, such as [jY1,jY2 ,jY3...].
  • DFT discrete Fourier transform
  • the UE can separately upsample the frequency domain real number signal and the frequency domain imaginary number signal, such as 2 times upsampling, so as to obtain the upsampled frequency domain real number signal, such as [X1,0,X2,0,X3,0, ...], and upsampled frequency-domain imaginary signals, such as [0,jY1,0,jY2,0,jY3...].
  • the UE can combine the up-sampled frequency-domain real number signal and the up-sampled frequency-domain imaginary number signal into a frequency-domain complex number signal, such as [X1, jY1, X2, jY2, X3, jY3, ...], so as to facilitate the frequency domain. deal with.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a truncated frequency-domain filter signal. As shown in Figure 8, the bandwidth of the frequency-domain complex signal is 100, that is, the length of 100 frequency-domain resource blocks, and the bandwidth of the frequency-domain filter is 60, that is, 60 The length of frequency-domain resource blocks.
  • the truncated frequency-domain filtering of the frequency-domain complex signal through the frequency-domain filter can cut off the bandwidth of 40 in the frequency-domain complex signal, that is, filter out 40 redundant signals in the frequency-domain complex signal, thereby obtaining a bandwidth of 60 complex signal in the frequency domain.
  • the UE can sequentially perform subcarrier mapping (subcarrier mapping) and inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) on the bandwidth-truncated frequency-domain complex signal to obtain the time-domain real signal and imaginary signal. And the real number signal and the imaginary number signal in the time domain are sent through the radio frequency antenna.
  • subcarrier mapping subcarrier mapping
  • IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
  • the receiving end such as the base station
  • the base station can perform channel removal, frequency domain filtering, and IFFT on the frequency-domain complex signal corresponding to the channel, so as to obtain the time-domain real signal and imaginary signal for subsequent phase noise compensation.
  • the channel removal refers to removing the channel identifier in the frequency domain complex signal.
  • SC-OQAM technology can also introduce reference signals, such as PTRS, to realize the multi-user phase noise compensation of SC-OQAM by analyzing the phase noise interference of the reference signal .
  • reference signals such as PTRS
  • the 2N reference signals can be placed continuously, and the continuous placement can be continuous in the time domain (shown by a in FIG. 9 shown), it can also be continuous at the position of the imaginary signal (as shown by b in Figure 9), or it can be continuous at the position of the real signal (shown by c in Figure 9).
  • N reference signals are continuously placed at the position of the real signal, and the other N reference signals are placed at the non-continuous imaginary signal position (shown in a in Figure 10); it is also possible to place the N reference signals Placed in continuous imaginary signal positions, the other N reference signals are placed in non-continuous real signal positions (shown in b in Figure 10); N reference signals can also be placed in continuous real signal positions, and the other N reference signals Signals are placed in consecutive dummy signal positions (shown as c in Figure 10).
  • the 2N+1 reference signals can be placed continuously, and the continuous placement can be continuous in the time domain position (as shown in a in Figure 11), or it can be in the virtual signal position continuous (shown by b in FIG. 11 ), or continuous in real signal positions (shown by c in FIG. 11 ).
  • N or N+1 reference signals are continuously placed at the position of the real signal, and the other N or N+1 reference signals are placed at the non-continuous virtual signal position (shown by a in Figure 12 shown); N or N+1 reference signals can also be placed in continuous imaginary signal positions, and the other N or N+1 reference signals can be placed in discontinuous real signal positions (shown in b in Figure 12) ; N or N+1 reference signals can also be placed in continuous real signal positions, and the other N or N+1 reference signals can be placed in continuous imaginary signal positions (shown in c in FIG. 12 ).
  • the reference signal placed at the position of the real signal may be a real signal or an imaginary signal.
  • the reference signal placed at the position of the imaginary signal may be a real signal or an imaginary signal, which is not limited.
  • the 2N or 2N+1 reference signals of each user may be placed in the above manner, which is not limited.
  • the N reference signals can be used to generate interference to the other N reference signals, also called redundant signals, and the other N reference signals can be used for phase noise compensation.
  • the N or N+1 reference signals may be redundant signals, and the other N or N+1 reference signals may be used for phase noise compensation.
  • the UE can modulate the amplitudes of the N or N+1 redundant signals of the user, so that the interference received by the N or N+1 reference signals of the user is So fixed value. In this way, the base station can determine the phase noise of the user according to the default value, thereby realizing single-user phase noise compensation.
  • the UE can modulate the amplitude of each user's N or N+1 redundant signals, so that the interference received by each user's N or N+1 reference signals is a constant value .
  • the UE uses the precoding sequence to modulate the signal to decouple the signals of multiple users.
  • the base station can determine the phase noise of each user respectively according to the fixed value corresponding to each UE, thereby realizing multi-user phase noise compensation.
  • the following four reference signals are taken as examples to introduce single-user phase noise compensation and multi-user phase noise compensation respectively.
  • a in FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of waveforms of four reference signals of UE1, and b in FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of time domain positions of four reference signals of UE1.
  • the four reference signals include: Q1, Q2 (redundant signal), Q3 and Q4 (redundant signal), Q1 to Q4 are placed consecutively in the time domain position, and Q1 and Q3 are in the real signal position Placed consecutively, Q2 and Q4 are placed consecutively on the virtual signal position.
  • the data signal jY1 of UE1 is placed in a virtual signal position
  • the data signal X1 of UE1 is placed in a real signal position.
  • the received signal of the base station can be expressed as the following equations 3 and 4:
  • Z1 is the received signal of the base station at the location of Q1
  • a1*jQ2 is the interference generated by Q2 on Q1
  • a2*jQ4 is the interference generated by Q4 on Q1
  • a3*jY1 is the interference generated by data signal jY1 on Q1
  • a4 *X1 is the interference generated by the data signal X1 on Q1
  • exp(1i* ⁇ 1) is the phase noise of UE1.
  • Z3 is the received signal of the base station at the location of Q3
  • b1*jQ2 is the interference generated by Q2 on Q3
  • b2*jQ4 is the interference generated by Q4 on Q3
  • b3*jY1 is the interference generated by data signal jY1 on Q3, b4*X1 It is the interference generated by the data signal X1 on Q3.
  • a1*jQ2+a2*jQ4+a3*jY1+a4*X1 INT1
  • a3*jY1 and a4*X1, and b3*jY1 and b4*X1 are deterministic.
  • A1 is the base station and UE A fixed value agreed in advance.
  • the base station can determine the magnitude of the phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 1), thereby implementing phase noise compensation for UE1, that is, phase noise compensation for a single user.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of waveforms of four reference signals of UE2, and b in FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of time domain positions of four reference signals of UE2.
  • the four reference signals include: Q5, Q6 (redundant signal), Q7 and Q8 (redundant signal), Q5-Q8 are placed consecutively in the time domain position, and Q5 and Q7 are in the real signal position Placed consecutively, Q6 and Q8 are placed consecutively on the virtual signal position.
  • the data signal jY2 of UE2 is placed in a virtual signal position
  • the data signal X2 of UE2 is placed in a real signal position.
  • UE1 uses the precoding sequence [1,1] to modulate the signal shown in Figure 13
  • UE2 uses the precoding sequence [1,-1] to modulate the signal shown in Figure 14
  • UE1 and UE2 transmit signals to the base station at the same time (that is, Q1 It is placed in the same position as Q5, and Q2 is placed in the same position as Q6)
  • the received signal of the base station can be expressed as the following equations 5 and 6:
  • Z15 (Q1+INT1)*exp(1i* ⁇ 1)+(Q5+a5*jQ6+a6*jQ8+a7*jY2+a8*X2)*exp(1i* ⁇ 2)
  • Z26 (Q3+INT3 )*exp(1i* ⁇ 1)-(Q7+b5*jQ6+b6*jQ8+b7*jY2+b8*X2)*exp(1i* ⁇ 2) (6)
  • Z15 is the location of the base station in Q1, or The received signal at the position where Q5 is placed, a5*jQ6 is the interference generated by Q6 on Q5, a6*jQ8 is the interference generated by Q8 on Q5, a7*jY2 is the interference generated by data signal jY2 on Q5, and a8*X2 is the data signal X2
  • exp(1i* ⁇ 2) is the phase noise of UE2.
  • Z15 is the received signal of the base station at the location of Q3, or the location of Q7
  • b5*jQ6 is the interference generated by Q6 to Q7
  • b6*jQ8 is the interference generated by Q8 to Q7
  • b7*jY2 is the data signal jY2 pair
  • b8*X2 is the interference generated by the data signal X2 on Q8.
  • A2 is a fixed value agreed in advance between the base station and the UE.
  • the base station can determine the magnitude of phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 1) and phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 2) to realize phase noise compensation of UE1 and UE2, that is, multi-user phase noise compensate.
  • the precoding sequences corresponding to the 4 UEs can be: [1,1,1,1], [1,-1,1,-1], [1,1,- 1,-1], [1,-1,-1,1], the number of UEs is 8, 16, and so on.
  • UE1 and UE2 also need to reduce signal energy as much as possible to obtain lower PAPR while implementing phase noise compensation.
  • the energy of Q2 can be modulated to 1.6
  • the energy of Q4 can be 0, and the energy of Q2 can be modulated to Q1 respectively.
  • the energy of Q4 is 0, the total energy of Q2 and Q4 is minimum, which is 1.6.
  • Q6 also produces the interference that energy is 1 to Q7
  • the total energy ratio of Q6 and Q8 is 4.8. That is to say, for UE2, if multi-user phase noise compensation is to be implemented, signal energy will inevitably increase, resulting in relatively high PAPR of the signal and affecting signal transmission performance.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication systems, device-to-devie (D2D) Communication systems, IoV communication systems, 4th generation (4G) mobile communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems,
  • 4G 4th generation mobile communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems
  • the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system such as the new air interface (new radio, NR) system
  • future communication systems such as the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system, etc.
  • time division-synchronization code division multiple access and 5G mobile communication system are enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low-latency communication (ultra reliable low latency communications (uRLLC), massive machine type communications (mMTC), device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, and machine-to-machine (M2M) communication systems.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT narrowband Internet of Things
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • EDGE enhanced Data rate GSM evolution system
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • code division multiple access 2000 system code division multiple access 2000 system
  • CDMA2000 code division multiple access 2000
  • time division synchronization code division multiple access and 5G mobile communication system are enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low-latency communication (ultra reliable low latency communications (uRLLC), massive machine type communications (mMTC), device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, and machine-to-machine (M
  • the present application presents various aspects, embodiments or features in terms of a system that can include a number of devices, components, modules and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. In addition, combinations of these schemes can also be used.
  • a subscript such as W1 may be a clerical error into a non-subscripted form such as W1.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system to which the signal transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the communication system includes: a network device, and a terminal set, for example, M terminals, or a first terminal, where M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the above-mentioned network device is a device located on the network side of the above-mentioned communication system and having a wireless transceiver function or a chip or a chip system that can be provided in the device.
  • the network equipment includes but is not limited to: an access point (access point, AP) in a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, such as a home gateway, a router, a server, a switch, a bridge, etc., an evolved node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home Base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) etc.
  • the first terminal is a terminal that accesses the above-mentioned communication system and has a wireless transceiver function, or a chip or a chip system that can be provided in the terminal.
  • the terminal can also be called a user device, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application can be mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, handheld device (handset), laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (machine type) communication, MTC), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self driving (self driving), Wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, smart home Wireless terminals, vehicle-mounted terminals, RSUs with terminal functions, etc.
  • the terminal device of the present application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted part, a vehicle-mounted chip, or a vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of this application can be applied between any two nodes shown in Figure 15, such as between a terminal set and a network device.
  • any two nodes shown in Figure 15 such as between a terminal set and a network device.
  • FIG. 15 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may also include other network devices and/or other terminals, which are not shown in FIG. 15 .
  • FIG. 16 is a first schematic flowchart of a signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This signal transmission method may be applicable to communication between any two nodes shown in FIG. 15 , for example, between a terminal set and a network device.
  • the signal transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set, and the terminal set acquires the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set.
  • the terminal set includes: M terminals, where M is an integer greater than 1.
  • M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the technical solution of the present application will be introduced below by taking any two terminals among the M terminals, such as the i-th terminal and the j-th terminal, as an example.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located (or placed) in the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located in the second time domain position. time domain position; the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, that is, at the same time domain position as the first reference signal, and that the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position, That is, it is located at a different time domain position from the second reference signal.
  • the first reference signal is a reference signal used by the i-th terminal for phase noise compensation
  • the second reference signal is a redundant signal.
  • the third reference signal is a reference signal used by the jth terminal for phase noise compensation
  • the fourth reference signal is a redundant signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions; or, the first time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the second time domain position and the third time domain position are
  • the specific implementation can refer to the relevant introduction in the above SC-OQAM, and will not be repeated here.
  • the i-th terminal is set with a first precoding sequence, such as [1,1], and the j-th terminal is set with a second precoding sequence different from the first precoding sequence, such as 1,-1].
  • first precoding sequence is [1, 1]
  • second precoding sequence is [1, -1] is only an example, and is not intended as a limitation.
  • the first precoding sequence and the second precoding sequence are also Other values may be used, for example, the first precoding sequence is [1,1,1,1], and the second precoding sequence is [1,-1,1,-1].
  • the first precoding sequence may be configured for the i-th terminal by a network device, or may also be pre-configured by a protocol locally on the i-th terminal.
  • the second precoding sequence may be configured by the network device for the jth terminal, or the protocol may be preconfigured locally at the jth terminal, which is not limited. If the value corresponding to the first reference signal (eg 1) in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value (eg -1) of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence, then the first time domain position The time domain interval between the second time domain position is smaller or greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position, so that the interference of the second reference signal to the first reference signal can be reduced, or the The fourth reference signal interferes with the third reference signal, thereby reducing the energy required for modulating the first reference signal or the third reference signal, thereby reducing the PAPR of the signal and improving signal transmission performance while realizing multi-user phase noise compensation. Such as greater coverage, less distortion. For ease of understanding, the following takes an example in which the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is smaller than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal not only indicates the time domain positions of the first reference signal and the second reference signal, but also indicates more reference The time-domain position of the signal, such as the time-domain position of the fifth reference signal and the sixth reference signal; similarly, the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal not only indicates the time-domain position of the third reference signal and the fourth reference signal, but also Indicate the time domain positions of more reference signals, for example, the time domain positions of the seventh reference signal and the eighth reference signal, or the time domain positions of the seventh reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal, which are respectively introduced below.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may be used to indicate that: the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that: the seventh reference signal is located at the same fourth time domain position as the fifth reference signal, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the fifth reference signal is a reference signal used by the i-th terminal for phase noise compensation
  • the sixth reference signal is a redundant signal.
  • the seventh reference signal is a reference signal used by the jth terminal for phase noise compensation
  • the eighth reference signal is a redundant signal.
  • the fourth time domain position can be a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position can be a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position can be a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position can be a real signal position. Reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the placement position of the reference signal in the above SC-OQAM.
  • the reference signal and redundant signal used for phase noise compensation, or the reference signal used for interference respectively located at the real signal position and the imaginary signal position, so that the redundant signal and the reference signal used for phase noise compensation can have a partially orthogonal relationship between the real and imaginary parts, so as to reduce the interference between the reference signals, thereby Further reduce the PAPR of the signal, and further improve the transmission performance of the signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal or the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may indirectly indicate the time-domain position of each reference signal through a position index, or may directly indicate each reference signal through a specific time-domain position time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first location index, a third location index, a fourth location index, and a fifth location index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • the third position index, the fourth position index, the second position index, the first position index, and the fifth position index their time domain serial numbers are consecutive in sequence, and the time domain positions indicated by them are sequentially adjacent, that is The third time domain position is adjacent to the fourth time domain position, the fourth time domain position is adjacent to the second time domain position, the second time domain position is adjacent to the first time domain position, and the first time domain position is adjacent to the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain locations are adjacent.
  • the interference of the fourth reference signal of the j-th terminal to the seventh reference signal is the same as the interference of the second reference signal of the i-th terminal to the fifth reference signal, and is large enough to ensure that the phase noise Accuracy of Compensation.
  • the interference of the fourth reference signal of the j-th terminal to the third reference signal is smaller than the interference of the second reference signal of the i-th terminal to the first reference signal, which can reduce the energy required for modulating the signal, thereby reducing
  • the PAPR of the signal is used to achieve both phase noise compensation accuracy and low PAPR of the signal.
  • the value (for example, 1) corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value (for example, 1) corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal (eg 1) is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal (eg -1).
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence of the i-th terminal can satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the polarity of the first reference signal of the first reference signal An interference signal having the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the amplitudes of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal may be the same, and the amplitudes of the first interference signal and the second interference signal may be the same, so as to reduce the number of variables in the signal modulation process, so that the i-th terminal can The corresponding signal is modulated faster, thereby improving the signal modulation efficiency.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence of the j-th terminal can satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the polarity of the third reference signal
  • the third interference signal is opposite in polarity to the fourth interference signal of the seventh reference signal.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal may be the same, and the amplitude of the third interference signal and the fourth interference signal may be the same, so as to reduce the number of variables in the process of modulating the signal, so that the jth terminal can The corresponding signal is modulated faster, thereby improving the signal modulation efficiency.
  • condition 1 the polarity of the third reference signal is opposite to that of the seventh reference signal
  • condition 2 the polarity of the third reference signal of the third reference signal
  • Three interfering signals opposite in polarity to the fourth interfering signal of the seventh reference signal.
  • the jth terminal needs to determine the energy required for modulating two reference signals, such as the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal, on the basis of satisfying condition 1 and condition 2.
  • the interference of the fourth reference signal to the third reference signal can be reduced, thereby reducing the modulation of the third interference signal to interfere with the fourth
  • the fourth interference signal is 1 and the third interference signal is -1
  • the third interference signal is modulated to be -1.
  • the required energy is reduced from
  • FIG. 17 shows the pilot patterns corresponding to UE1 and UE2, as shown in a in Figure 17, the pilot pattern of UE1 indicates: Q1 (the above-mentioned first reference signal), Q2 (the above-mentioned second reference signal), Q3 (the above-mentioned fifth reference signal) and Q4 (the above-mentioned sixth reference signal), Q1 to Q4 are continuously placed in the time domain position, and Q1 and Q3 are continuously placed in the real signal position, and Q2 and Q4 are continuously placed in the imaginary signal position .
  • Q1 the above-mentioned first reference signal
  • Q2 the above-mentioned second reference signal
  • Q3 the above-mentioned fifth reference signal
  • Q4 the above-mentioned sixth reference signal
  • the pilot pattern of UE2 indicates: Q5 (the above-mentioned third reference signal), Q6 (the above-mentioned fourth reference signal), Q7 (the above-mentioned seventh reference signal), and Q8 (the above-mentioned eighth reference signal ), Q5 and Q7 are continuously placed on the real signal position, Q6 and Q8 are discontinuously placed on the virtual signal position, and there is a virtual signal position between Q6 and Q8.
  • UE1 determines the signal S1 that UE1 needs to transmit at the time domain position (or the fourth time domain position) where Q1 is located according to the pilot pattern of UE1 and the first precoding sequence [1,1], and needs to The signal S3 transmitted at the time domain position where Q3 is located (or in other words, the first time domain position).
  • the signal S1 may be shown in the following formula 5
  • the signal S3 may be shown in the following formula 6.
  • a1*jQ2 is the interference generated by Q2 on Q1
  • a2*jQ4 is the interference generated by Q4 on Q1
  • b1*jQ2 is the interference generated by Q2 on Q3
  • b2*jQ4 is the interference generated by Q4 on Q3.
  • UE2 determines the signal S5 that UE2 needs to transmit at the time domain position (or the fourth time domain position) where Q5 is located according to the pilot pattern of UE2 and the second precoding sequence [1,-1], and needs The signal S7 transmitted at the time domain position where Q7 is located (or in other words, the first time domain position).
  • the signal S5 may be shown in the following formula 9
  • the signal S7 may be shown in the following formula 10.
  • a3*jQ6 is the interference generated by Q6 on Q5
  • a4*jQ8 is the interference generated by Q8 on Q5
  • b3*jQ6 is the interference generated by Q6 on Q5
  • b4*jQ8 is the interference generated by Q8 on Q7.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal can also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the same fourth time domain position as the fifth reference signal, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the Two time domain positions.
  • the ninth reference signal may be a redundant signal, located at the above-mentioned second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal can also indirectly indicate the time-domain position of each reference signal through the position index, or can also directly indicate the time-domain position of each reference signal through a specific time-domain position.
  • the time domain location of the reference signal may include: a first location index, a second location index, a third location index, a fourth location index, and a fifth location index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the value (for example, 1) corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value (for example, 1) corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal (eg 1) is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal (eg -1). In this way, the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first precoded sequence by the i-th terminal can satisfy the relationship described in the first implementation manner above, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the jth terminal through the second preprogrammed sequence can satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the polarity of the third reference signal
  • the third interference signal is opposite in polarity to the fourth interference signal of the seventh reference signal.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • amplitudes of the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal may be the same, and amplitudes of the third interference signal and the fourth interference signal may be the same.
  • condition 1 the polarity of the third reference signal is opposite to that of the seventh reference signal
  • condition 2 the polarity of the third reference signal of the third reference signal
  • Three interfering signals opposite in polarity to the fourth interfering signal of the seventh reference signal.
  • condition 1 and condition 2 multiple energy combinations of multiple redundant signals can be determined, which is equivalent to solving three variables (the fourth reference signal, The energy magnitudes of the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal).
  • the jth terminal can determine the energy optimal solution of the multiple redundant signals, that is, the lowest energy of the multiple redundant signals, so as to further reduce the PAPR of the signal, thereby further improving the transmission performance of the signal.
  • FIG. 18 shows the pilot patterns corresponding to UE1 and UE2, as shown in a in Figure 18, the pilot pattern of UE1 indicates: Q1 (the above-mentioned first reference signal), Q2 (the above-mentioned second reference signal), Q3 (the above-mentioned fifth reference signal) and Q4 (the above-mentioned sixth reference signal), Q1 to Q4 are continuously placed in the time domain position, and Q1 and Q3 are continuously placed in the real signal position, and Q2 and Q4 are continuously placed in the imaginary signal position .
  • Q1 the above-mentioned first reference signal
  • Q2 the above-mentioned second reference signal
  • Q3 the above-mentioned fifth reference signal
  • Q4 the above-mentioned sixth reference signal
  • the pilot pattern of UE2 indicates: Q5 (the above-mentioned third reference signal), Q6 (the above-mentioned fourth reference signal), Q7 (the above-mentioned seventh reference signal), Q8 (the above-mentioned eighth reference signal ) and Q9 (the above-mentioned ninth reference signal), Q5 and Q7 are continuously placed on the real signal positions, and Q6, Q8 and Q9 are continuously placed on the imaginary signal positions.
  • UE1 determines the signal S1 that UE1 needs to transmit at the time domain position (or the fourth time domain position) where Q1 is located according to the pilot pattern of UE1 and the first precoding sequence [1,1], and needs to transmit the signal S1 at Q3
  • the signal S3 transmitted at the time domain position or the first time domain position
  • UE2 determines the signal S5 that UE2 needs to transmit at the time domain position (or the fourth time domain position) where Q5 is located according to the pilot pattern of UE2 and the second precoding sequence [1,-1], and needs The signal S7 transmitted at the time domain position where Q7 is located (or in other words, the first time domain position).
  • the signal S5 may be shown in the following formula 13
  • the signal S7 may be shown in the following formula 14.
  • a3*jQ6 is the interference generated by Q6 on Q5
  • a4*jQ8 is the interference generated by Q8 on Q5
  • a5*jQ9 is the interference generated by Q9 on Q5
  • b3*jQ6 is the interference generated by Q6 on Q7
  • b4*jQ8 is The interference generated by Q8 on Q7
  • b5*jQ9 is the interference generated by Q9 on Q7.
  • ISI5 is the interference of other data signals to the S5 signal
  • ISI7 is the interference of other data signals to the S7 signal
  • the network device sending the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set may send at least one of the following items carrying the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set: downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), media access Control-control cell (media access control-control element, MAC-CE), or radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • downlink control information downlink control information, DCI
  • media access Control-control cell media access control-control element, MAC-CE
  • radio resource control radio resource control
  • the acquisition of the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set by the terminal set may be receiving at least one of the following items from the network device: DCI, MAC-CE, or RRC signaling, so as to obtain the pilot pattern corresponding to the terminal set, or, the terminal
  • the pilot pattern corresponding to the set may be preconfigured locally, and the set of terminals may directly acquire the pilot pattern corresponding to the set of terminals locally.
  • the terminal set sends a signal corresponding to the terminal set to the network device, and the network device receives the signal corresponding to the terminal set.
  • the i-th terminal can modulate and send the signal of the i-th terminal to the network device, such as signal S1 and signal S3, and at the same time, the j-th terminal can modulate And send the signal of the jth terminal to the network device, such as the signal S5 and the signal S7.
  • the network device can receive and demodulate the signal of the i-th terminal and the signal of the j-th terminal.
  • the signals of the i-th terminal and the j-th terminal are interfered by phase noise during transmission, so that the signals demodulated by the network device also carry the phase noise.
  • the network device can add and subtract the signals to determine the phase noise of the i-th terminal and the phase noise of the j-th terminal respectively, so as to realize multi-user phase noise compensation.
  • SC- The related introduction of OQAM will not be repeated here.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the conditions required for multi-user phase noise compensation are met, thereby realizing multi-user phase noise compensation.
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position is greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position
  • FIG. 19 is a second schematic flowchart of a signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This signal transmission method may be applicable to communication between any two nodes shown in FIG. 15 , for example, between the first terminal and the network device.
  • the signal transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends the first pilot pattern of the first terminal, and the first terminal obtains the first pilot pattern of the first terminal.
  • the reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern may satisfy the following rule: the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by multiple reference signals (redundant signals) indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal
  • the sixth interference signal includes: multiple reference signals (redundant signals) indicated by the first pilot pattern ( redundant signal) is an interference signal generated to the eleventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same, and the amplitude of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same, so that the number of variables in the process of modulating the signal may be reduced, so that the first terminal The corresponding signal can be modulated faster, thereby improving the modulation efficiency of the signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal are co-located at the real signal position, or co-located at the virtual signal position
  • the position makes it unnecessary to perform real-to-virtual conversion in the signal modulation process, thereby simplifying the modulation process, so that the first terminal can modulate the corresponding signal faster, and improve the modulation efficiency of the signal.
  • the multiple reference signals indicated by the foregoing first pilot pattern may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern can also be used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal is located at the ninth time domain position.
  • the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position may be virtual signal positions; or, if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position If the position is a virtual signal position, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position may be real signal positions.
  • the reference signals (or redundant signals) used for interference such as the twelfth reference signal and the thirteenth reference signal
  • the reference signals used for phase noise compensation such as the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal
  • the reference signal used for phase noise compensation and the redundant signal can be in a partially orthogonal relationship between the real and imaginary parts, so that the interference between the reference signals can be reduced to further reduce the PAPR of the signal and further improve the signal transmission performance.
  • the above-mentioned first pilot pattern may also indirectly indicate the time-domain position of each reference signal through a position index, or may directly indicate the time-domain position of each reference signal through a specific time-domain position.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth location index and a seventh location index, and may further include: an eighth location index and a ninth location index.
  • the sixth time domain position may be used to indicate the sixth time domain position
  • the seventh time domain position may be used to indicate the seventh time domain position
  • the eighth position index may be used to indicate the eighth time domain position
  • the ninth position index Can be used to indicate a ninth time domain position.
  • the time domain numbers of the sixth position index and the eighth position index may be continuous, the time domain numbers of the eighth position index and the seventh position index may be continuous, and the time domain numbers of the seventh position index and the ninth position index may be continuous. That is to say, in the order of the sixth position index, the eighth position index, the seventh position index, and the ninth position index, the time domain serial numbers are successive in sequence, and the time domain positions indicated by them are sequentially adjacent, that is, the twelfth reference signal are respectively adjacent to the time domain positions of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal, and the time domain positions of the thirteenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal are adjacent, that is, the redundant signal and the interfered reference signal The time domain locations are adjacent. In this way, it can be ensured that the interference generated by the redundant signal to the interfered reference signal is large enough to ensure the accuracy of phase noise compensation.
  • the network device sending the first pilot pattern of the first terminal may be sending at least one of the following items bearing the first pilot pattern: DCI, MAC-CE, or RRC signaling, or any other possible message, This application does not make any limitation on this.
  • the first terminal obtains the pilot pattern corresponding to the first terminal by receiving at least one of the following items from the network device: DCI, MAC-CE, or RRC signaling, so as to obtain the first pilot pattern of the first terminal , or, the first pilot pattern of the first terminal may be preconfigured locally, so as to directly obtain the first pilot pattern locally.
  • the network device may also send the second terminal's second pilot pattern to the second terminal, and correspondingly, the second terminal may also obtain the second terminal's second pilot pattern.
  • the second pilot pattern of the second terminal reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the i-th terminal above, and details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 20 shows the pilot patterns corresponding to UE1 and UE2, as shown in a in Figure 20, the pilot pattern of UE1 indicates: Q1 (the above-mentioned first reference signal), Q2 (the above-mentioned second reference signal), Q3 (the above-mentioned fifth reference signal) and Q4 (the above-mentioned sixth reference signal), Q1 to Q4 are continuously placed in the time domain position, and Q1 and Q3 are continuously placed in the real signal position, and Q2 and Q4 are continuously placed in the imaginary signal position . As shown in b in FIG.
  • the pilot pattern of UE2 indicates: Q10 (the tenth reference signal mentioned above), Q12 (the eleventh reference signal mentioned above), Q11 (the twelfth reference signal mentioned above), and Q13 (the tenth reference signal mentioned above).
  • Q10-Q13 are continuously placed in the time domain position, and Q10 and Q12 are continuously placed in the real signal position, and Q11 and Q13 are continuously placed in the imaginary signal position.
  • UE1 determines the signal S1 that UE1 needs to transmit at the time domain position (or the fourth time domain position) where Q1 is located according to the pilot pattern of UE1 and the first precoding sequence [1,1], and needs to transmit the signal S1 at Q3
  • the signal S3 transmitted at the time domain position or the first time domain position
  • UE2 determines the signal S10 that UE2 needs to transmit at the time domain position (or the fourth time domain position) where Q5 is located according to the pilot pattern of UE2 and the rules indicated by the above-mentioned first pilot pattern, and needs to transmit the signal S10 at Q7
  • the signal S10 may be shown in the following formula 21, and the signal S12 may be shown in the following formula 22.
  • a7*jQ11 is the interference generated by Q11 on Q10
  • a8*jQ13 is the interference generated by Q13 on Q10
  • b7*jQ11 is the interference generated by Q11 on Q12
  • b8*jQ13 is the interference generated by Q13 on Q12.
  • the first terminal sends a first signal to the network device, and the network device receives the first signal from the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may modulate and send a first signal, such as signal S10 and signal S12, to the network device, and, optionally, the second terminal may modulate and send a second signal, such as signal S1 and signal S3, to the network device, specifically
  • a first signal such as signal S10 and signal S12
  • the second terminal may modulate and send a second signal, such as signal S1 and signal S3, to the network device
  • the network device can receive and demodulate the first signal of the first terminal, and, optionally, can also receive and demodulate the second signal of the second terminal.
  • the relevant introduction of the above-mentioned SC-OQAM I won't repeat them here.
  • the network device can subtract the signals to determine the phase noise of the first terminal, and then determine the phase noise of the second terminal according to the phase noise of the first terminal, thereby implementing multi-user phase noise compensation.
  • Example 3 if UE1 sequentially sends signal S1 and signal S3 to the base station, and at the same time, UE2 sends signal S10 and signal S12 to the base station, then the base station can receive signal S110 and signal S312.
  • S13 may be shown in the following formula 25
  • S14 may be shown in the following formula 26.
  • S110-S312 can be shown in the following formula 27.
  • Formula 27 can be further expressed as Formula 28.
  • the base station can determine the phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 2) of UE2 according to Equation 28, and then determine the phase noise exp(1i* ⁇ 1) of UE1 according to exp(1i* ⁇ 2) and Equation 25 or Equation 26, thereby realizing Multi-user phase noise compensation.
  • the polarity of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal are opposite, which can meet the conditions required for multi-user phase noise compensation, so that multi-user phase noise compensation can be realized .
  • the polarity of the fifth interference signal is the same as that of the sixth interference signal, which can satisfy the condition required for energy minimization, so that the energy required for modulating the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal is the smallest, so that in realizing Multi-user phase noise compensation can reduce signal PAPR and improve signal transmission performance.
  • FIG. 21 is a third schematic flowchart of the signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • This signal transmission method may be applicable to communication between any two nodes shown in FIG. 15 , for example, between a terminal (such as the first terminal) and a network device.
  • the signal transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends first information.
  • the terminal acquires the first information.
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern, and may be carried in at least one of the following: DCI, MAC-CE, or RRC signaling, or any other possible message, This application does not make any limitation on this.
  • the first information may include a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern, so that According to the precoding sequence in the first information, the terminal can determine which pilot pattern to use to send a signal without additional signaling indication, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving communication efficiency.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode (type1) or the second mode (type2)
  • the first mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used to indicate The terminal uses the second pilot pattern, so that the terminal can determine which pilot pattern to use to send a signal according to the mode indicated by the first information, without additional signaling indication, thereby reducing signaling overhead and improving communication efficiency.
  • the first mode can also be replaced by other names, such as the first pilot mode, the first transmission mode, the first working mode, etc.
  • the second mode can also be replaced by other names, such as the second pilot mode , the second sending mode, the second working mode, etc., which are not limited in this application.
  • the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located in the first time domain position
  • the second reference signal is located in the second time domain position
  • the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located in the first time domain position position
  • the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is less than or greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position, and the corresponding position of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence
  • the value is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the terminal sends a signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the network device receives a signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the terminal may determine to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern according to the precoding sequence in the first information or the mode indicated by the first information. In this way, the terminal can send the signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern according to the first pilot pattern, or send the signal corresponding to the second pilot pattern according to the second pilot pattern.
  • the terminal may determine to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern according to the precoding sequence in the first information or the mode indicated by the first information. In this way, the terminal can send the signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern according to the first pilot pattern, or send the signal corresponding to the second pilot pattern according to the second pilot pattern.
  • the terminal can choose to use the corresponding pilot pattern to send signals For example, when a terminal has selected the first pilot pattern and the first precoding sequence to send a signal, another terminal may select the second pilot pattern and the second precoding sequence to send a signal.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence, the multi-user phase noise compensation can be satisfied The required conditions, so that multi-user phase noise compensation can be achieved.
  • the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position is greater than the first time domain position and the second time domain position.
  • the time domain interval between the third time domain positions, or the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the third time domain position is greater than the time domain interval between the first time domain position and the second time domain position, thereby reducing the The interference of the second reference signal to the first reference signal, or reduce the interference of the fourth reference signal to the third reference signal, thereby reducing the energy required for modulating the first reference signal or the third reference signal, and then realizing multi-user phase noise
  • the PAPR of the signal is reduced, and the signal transmission performance is improved to achieve greater coverage and less distortion.
  • the above method may further include: Step 1, the network device sends the second information.
  • the terminal acquires the second information.
  • the second information may be carried in at least one of the following: DCI, MAC-CE, or RRC signaling, or any other possible message, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second information may include a correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern (denoted as correspondence 1), and/or a correspondence between the second precoding sequence and the second pilot pattern Correspondence (denoted as Correspondence 2).
  • the correspondence 1 may be one or more of the following items of the first precoding sequence: index, identification, or the first precoding sequence itself, and one or more items of the following first pilot pattern: index, identification, or The corresponding relationship between the first pilot pattern itself; similarly, the corresponding relationship 2 may be one or more of the following items of the second precoding sequence: index, identification, or the second precoding sequence itself, and the second pilot One or more of the following items of the frequency pattern: the index, the identifier, or the corresponding relationship between the second pilot pattern itself, which is not limited in this application. In this way, when the terminal receives the first information, it can accurately determine the pilot pattern it needs to use according to the above correspondence between the precoding sequence and the pilot pattern.
  • the second information may include a correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern (denoted as correspondence 3), and/or a correspondence between the second pattern and the second pilot pattern ( Recorded as the corresponding relationship 4).
  • the correspondence 3 may be one or more items of the first mode: index, identification, or the first mode itself, and one or more items of the first pilot pattern: index, identification, or first pilot
  • the corresponding relationship between the patterns themselves; similarly, the corresponding relationship 4 may be one or more of the following items of the second pattern sequence: index, identification, or the second pattern itself, and the following item or items of the second pilot pattern Multiple items: the index, the identifier, or the correspondence between the second pilot patterns themselves, which is not limited in this application. In this way, when receiving the first information, the terminal can accurately determine the pilot pattern it needs to use according to the correspondence between the pattern and the pilot pattern.
  • the first information also includes the first pilot pattern and/or the second pilot pattern, so as to implement signaling Multiplexing, improving communication efficiency.
  • the signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 16-21 .
  • a signal transmission device for performing the signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 22-24 .
  • FIG. 22 is a first structural schematic diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 includes: a receiving module 2201 and a sending module 2202 .
  • FIG. 22 only shows the main components of the signal transmission device.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 15 , and performs the functions of the terminal set in the method shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the receiving module 2201 is configured to obtain the pilot pattern corresponding to the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the sending module 2202 is configured to send the signal corresponding to the terminal set to the network device.
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 includes: M terminals, where M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • i and j are integers with arbitrary values between 1 and M.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the value corresponding to the second reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the signal of the i-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal, and the signal of the j-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal.
  • the signal has the same amplitude as the fourth interfering signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • the sending module 2202 and the receiving module 2201 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 may further include a processing module (not shown in FIG. 22 ). Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 22 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the signal transmission device 2200 can execute the functions of the terminal set in the method shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the processing module involved in the signal transmission device 2200 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may be a terminal set, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in the terminal set, or a device including a terminal set, which is not limited in this application .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 15 , and performs the function of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the sending module 2202 is configured to send pilot patterns corresponding to M terminals.
  • the receiving module 2201 is configured to receive signals corresponding to M terminals.
  • M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • i and j are integers with arbitrary values between 1 and M.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the value corresponding to the second reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the signal of the i-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal, and the signal of the j-th terminal is determined according to the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the j-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal, and the ninth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal to the first reference signal.
  • the second interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal to the third reference signal.
  • the fourth interference signal may include: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal.
  • the signal has the same amplitude as the fourth interfering signal.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the jth terminal may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the pilot pattern of the i-th terminal may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index, and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous
  • the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous
  • the first position index The index is continuous with the time domain sequence number of the fifth position index.
  • the sending module 2202 and the receiving module 2201 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 may further include a processing module (not shown in FIG. 22 ). Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 22 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 can execute the function of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the processing module involved in the signal transmission device 2200 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may be a network device, or a chip (system) or other components or components that may be installed in the network device, or a device including the network device, which is not limited in this application .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 15 , and performs the function of the network terminal in the method shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the sending module 2202 is configured to send the first pilot pattern of the first terminal.
  • the receiving module 2201 is configured to receive a first signal from a first terminal. Wherein, the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the third pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal
  • the sixth interference signal includes: the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the eleventh reference signal generated interference signals.
  • the first signal is determined based on the first pilot pattern.
  • amplitudes of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same.
  • amplitudes of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth position index and a seventh position index, the sixth time domain position is used to indicate the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position is used to indicate the seventh time domain position.
  • the plurality of reference signals may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal; the first pilot pattern is also used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal at the ninth time domain position; if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are real signal positions, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are virtual signal positions, or, if the sixth time domain position and The seventh time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: an eighth position index and a ninth position index, the eighth position index is used to indicate the eighth time domain position, and the ninth position index is used to indicate the ninth time domain position.
  • sixth position index and the eighth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • eighth position index and the seventh position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • seventh position index and the ninth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • the sending module 2202 and the receiving module 2201 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 may further include a processing module (not shown in FIG. 22 ). Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 22 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 can execute the function of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the processing module involved in the signal transmission device 2200 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may be a network device, or a chip (system) or other components or components that may be installed in the network device, or a device including the network device, which is not limited in this application .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 15 , and performs the function of the first terminal in the method shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the receiving module 2201 is configured to obtain the first pilot pattern of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the sending module 2202 is configured to send the first signal to the network device.
  • the polarity of the tenth reference signal indicated by the first pilot pattern is opposite to that of the eleventh reference signal indicated by the third pilot pattern.
  • the fifth interference signal of the tenth reference signal has the same polarity as the sixth interference signal of the eleventh reference signal.
  • the fifth interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the tenth reference signal
  • the sixth interference signal includes: the multiple reference signals indicated by the first pilot pattern on the eleventh reference signal generated interference signals.
  • the first signal is determined based on the first pilot pattern.
  • amplitudes of the tenth reference signal and the eleventh reference signal may be the same.
  • amplitudes of the fifth interference signal and the sixth interference signal may be the same.
  • the first pilot pattern may be used to indicate that the tenth reference signal is located at the sixth time domain position, and the eleventh reference signal is located at the seventh time domain position.
  • the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be real signal positions, or the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position may be virtual signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a sixth position index and a seventh position index, the sixth time domain position is used to indicate the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position is used to indicate the seventh time domain position.
  • the plurality of reference signals may include: a twelfth reference signal and a thirteenth reference signal; the first pilot pattern is also used to indicate that the twelfth reference signal is located at the eighth time domain position, and the thirteenth reference signal at the ninth time domain position; if the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are real signal positions, then the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are virtual signal positions, or, if the sixth time domain position and The seventh time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the eighth time domain position and the ninth time domain position are real signal positions.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: an eighth position index and a ninth position index, the eighth position index is used to indicate the eighth time domain position, and the ninth position index is used to indicate the ninth time domain position.
  • sixth position index and the eighth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • eighth position index and the seventh position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • seventh position index and the ninth position index have continuous time domain serial numbers
  • the sending module 2202 and the receiving module 2201 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 may further include a processing module (not shown in FIG. 22 ). Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 22 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the signal transmission device 2200 can execute the function of the first terminal in the method shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the processing module involved in the signal transmission device 2200 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 can be a terminal device, such as a first terminal, or a chip (system) or other components or components that can be set in a terminal device, or a device that includes a terminal device. This application There is no limit to this.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 15 , and performs the function of the terminal in the method shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the receiving module 2201 is configured to obtain the first information; the sending module 2202 is configured to send a signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information is used to instruct the signal transmission device 2200 to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern, the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the second reference signal is located at The second time domain position, the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position, and the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the first information includes a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern.
  • the receiving module 2201 is further configured to acquire second information before acquiring the first information, the second information including the correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern, and/or the second precoding sequence Correspondence with the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode or the second mode
  • the first mode may be used to indicate that the signal transmission device 2200 uses the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used to indicate the signal transmission Apparatus 2200 uses a second pilot pattern.
  • the receiving module 2201 is further configured to acquire second information before acquiring the first information, the second information includes the correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern, and/or the correspondence between the second pattern and the second pilot pattern Correspondence between frequency patterns.
  • the first information may further include a first pilot pattern and/or a second pilot pattern.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal.
  • the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal, and the fourth interference signal includes: the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal An interference signal generated for the seventh reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position; the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate It is indicated that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal on the contrary.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the third reference signal
  • the fourth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the fourth
  • the amplitude of the interfering signal is the same.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are The domain position is the real signal position.
  • the fourth time domain position is a real signal position
  • the fifth time domain position is a virtual signal position; or the fourth time domain position is a virtual signal position, and the fifth time domain position is a real signal position.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index can be used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index can be used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index can be used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index can be used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index can be used
  • the fifth position index can be used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the sending module 2202 and the receiving module 2201 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 may further include a processing module (not shown in FIG. 22 ). Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 22 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the signal transmission device 2200 can execute the function of the terminal in the method shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the processing module involved in the signal transmission device 2200 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may be a terminal, a chip (system) or other components or components that may be set in the terminal, or a device including a terminal, which is not limited in this application.
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 is applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 15 , and performs the function of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the sending module 2202 is configured to send the first information.
  • the receiving module 2201 is configured to receive a signal corresponding to the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern or the second pilot pattern
  • the first pilot pattern is used to indicate that the first reference signal is located at the first time domain position
  • the second reference signal is located at the second time domain position.
  • the domain position, the second pilot pattern is used to indicate that the third reference signal is located at the first time domain position
  • the fourth reference signal is located at the third time domain position.
  • the time interval between the first time domain location and the second time domain location is smaller or larger than the time domain interval between the first time domain location and the third time domain location.
  • the corresponding value of the first reference signal in the first precoding sequence is opposite to the corresponding value of the third reference signal in the second precoding sequence.
  • the first information may include a first precoding sequence or a second precoding sequence, the first precoding sequence corresponds to the first pilot pattern, and the second precoding sequence corresponds to the second pilot pattern .
  • the sending module 2201 is further configured to send second information before sending the first information, the second information including the correspondence between the first precoding sequence and the first pilot pattern, and/or the second precoding sequence Correspondence with the second pilot pattern.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the first mode or the second mode
  • the first mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the first pilot pattern
  • the second mode may be used to instruct the terminal to use the second pilot pattern. frequency pattern.
  • the sending module 2201 is further configured to send second information before sending the first information, the second information includes the correspondence between the first pattern and the first pilot pattern, and/or the correspondence between the second pattern and the second pilot pattern Correspondence between frequency patterns.
  • the first information may further include a first pilot pattern and/or a second pilot pattern.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position;
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate Indicates that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position, and the ninth reference signal is located at the second time domain position; in the first precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the first reference signal The value corresponding to the fifth reference signal is the same; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is opposite to the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: the interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal to the third reference signal, and the fourth interference signal includes: the fourth reference signal, the eighth reference signal and the ninth reference signal An interference signal generated for the seventh reference signal.
  • the first pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the fifth reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the sixth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the second pilot pattern may also be used to indicate that the seventh reference signal is located at the fourth time domain position, and the eighth reference signal is located at the fifth time domain position.
  • the value corresponding to the first reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the fifth reference signal; in the second precoding sequence, the value corresponding to the third reference signal is the same as the value corresponding to the seventh reference signal on the contrary.
  • the first reference signal and the third reference signal modulated by the first preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the first reference signal and the fifth reference signal are the same, and the first interference signal of the first reference signal , which is the same polarity as the second interference signal of the fifth reference signal.
  • the first interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the first reference signal
  • the second interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the second reference signal and the sixth reference signal on the fifth reference signal.
  • the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal modulated by the second preprogrammed sequence may satisfy the following relationship: the polarity of the third reference signal and the seventh reference signal are opposite, and the third interference signal of the third reference signal and the seventh The polarity of the fourth interfering signal of the reference signal is opposite.
  • the third interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the third reference signal
  • the fourth interference signal includes: an interference signal generated by the fourth reference signal and the eighth reference signal on the seventh reference signal.
  • the amplitude of the first reference signal is the same as that of the fifth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the second reference signal is the same as that of the sixth reference signal
  • the amplitude of the first interference signal is the same as that of the second interference signal
  • the amplitude of the third interference signal is the same as that of the fourth
  • the amplitude of the interfering signal is the same.
  • the first time domain position is a real signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are virtual signal positions
  • the first time domain position is a virtual signal position
  • the second time domain position and the third time domain position are The position in the domain is the position of the real signal
  • the position in the fourth time domain is the position of the real signal
  • the position in the fifth time domain is the position of the virtual signal
  • the position in the fourth time domain is the position of the virtual signal
  • the position in the fifth time domain is the position of the real signal.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index is used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index is used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index is used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index is used to indicate the fourth time domain position.
  • the time domain position, the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the second pilot pattern may include: a first position index, a third position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first pilot pattern includes: a first position index, a second position index, a fourth position index and a fifth position index.
  • the first position index is used to indicate the first time domain position
  • the second position index is used to indicate the second time domain position
  • the third position index is used to indicate the third time domain position
  • the fourth position index is used to indicate the fourth time domain position.
  • the time domain position, the fifth position index is used to indicate the fifth time domain position.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the third position index and the fourth position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the fourth position index and the second position index are continuous, the time domain serial numbers of the second position index and the first position index are continuous, and the first position index and the time domain serial number of the first position index are continuous.
  • the time domain serial numbers of the fifth position index are continuous.
  • the sending module 2202 and the receiving module 2201 may also be integrated into one module, such as a transceiver module (not shown in FIG. 22 ).
  • the transceiver module is used to realize the sending function and the receiving function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 may further include a processing module (not shown in FIG. 22 ). Wherein, the processing module is used to realize the processing function of the signal transmission device 2200 .
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 22 ), where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2200 can execute the function of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the processing module involved in the signal transmission device 2200 may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and may be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, and may be a transceiver or transceiver unit.
  • the signal transmission device 2200 may be a network device, or a chip (system) or other components or components that may be installed in the network device, or a device including the network device, which is not limited in this application .
  • FIG. 23 is a second schematic structural diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal transmission device may be a terminal device or a network device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that may be provided in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the signal transmission device 2300 may include a processor 2301 .
  • the signal transmission device 2300 may further include a memory 2302 and/or a transceiver 2303 .
  • the processor 2301 is coupled with the memory 2302 and the transceiver 2303, for example, may be connected through a communication bus.
  • the components of the signal transmission device 2300 will be specifically introduced below in conjunction with FIG. 23 :
  • the processor 2301 is the control center of the signal transmission device 2300, and may be one processor, or a general term for multiple processing elements.
  • the processor 2301 is one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU), may also be a specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or is configured to implement one or more An integrated circuit, for example: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • An integrated circuit for example: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA).
  • the processor 2301 can execute various functions of the signal transmission device 2300 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 2302 and calling data stored in the memory 2302 .
  • the processor 2301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 23 .
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2300 may also include multiple processors.
  • processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the memory 2302 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 2301 , and the specific implementation may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the memory 2302 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) that can store information and
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • Other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical discs storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media, or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to.
  • the memory 2302 can be integrated with the processor 2301 or exist independently, and is coupled with the processor 2301 through the interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 23 ) of the signal transmission device 2300 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of
  • the transceiver 2303 is used for communication with other signal transmission devices.
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2300 is a terminal device, and the transceiver 2303 can be used to communicate with a network device, or communicate with another terminal device.
  • the signal transmission apparatus 2300 is a network device, and the transceiver 2303 may be used to communicate with a terminal device, or communicate with another network device.
  • the transceiver 2303 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not separately shown in FIG. 23 ). Wherein, the receiver is used to realize the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to realize the sending function.
  • the transceiver 2303 may be integrated with the processor 2301, or may exist independently, and be coupled to the processor 2301 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 23 ) of the signal transmission device 2300.
  • This embodiment of the present application regards Not specifically limited.
  • the structure of the signal transmission device 2300 shown in FIG. 23 does not constitute a limitation to the signal transmission device.
  • the actual signal transmission device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or different component arrangements.
  • FIG. 24 is a third schematic structural diagram of a signal transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal transmission device may be a terminal device or a network device, or may be a chip (system) or other components or components that may be provided in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the signal transmission device 2400 may include: a logic circuit 2401 and an input-output interface 2402 .
  • the input and output interface 2402 is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the logic circuit 2401 .
  • the logic circuit 2401 is used to run code instructions to execute the above method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes the above-mentioned one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory Access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware, or other arbitrary combinations.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of computer program products.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Noise Elimination (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种信号传输方法及装置，不仅能够实现多用户相噪补偿，还能够降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，可应用于通信系统中。该方法包括：终端获取第一信息，并发送第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。

Description

信号传输方法及装置
本申请要求于2021年7月31日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110876823.0、申请名称为“信号传输方法及装置”，以及要求于2021年10月8日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202111179100.1、申请名称为“信号传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，尤其涉及一种信号传输方法及装置。
背景技术
目前，多用户相位噪声(phase noise，PHN)测量，下简称相噪补偿是信号传输过程中十分重要的环节，其可以降低相噪干扰，避免信号失真，从而提高信号传输的可靠性。
具体而言，对于用于多用户相噪补偿的信号，通常采用实虚分离的设计方案。比如，图1所示，对于用户设备(user equipment，UE)1的信号，两个参考信号，例如，Q1和Q3位于实信号位置且连续，两个冗余信号，例如，Q2和Q4位于虚信号位置且连续。这样，Q1的虚数信号会受到Q2和Q4，以及相邻数据信号的干扰，例如为INT1。同理，Q3的虚数信号也会受到Q2和Q4，以及相邻数据信号的干扰，例如为INT3。对于UE2的信号，两个参考信号，例如，Q5和Q7位于实信号位置且连续，两个冗余信号，例如，Q6和Q8位于虚信号位置且连续。这样，Q5的虚数信号会受到Q6和Q8，以及相邻数据信号的干扰，例如为INT5。同理，Q7的虚数信号也会受到Q6和Q8，以及相邻数据信号的干扰，例如为INT7。这种情况下，如果设置Q1＝Q3，INT1＝INT3，即Q1和Q3，以及INT1和INT3的极性和幅值相同，且Q5＝-Q7，INT5＝-INT7，即Q5和Q7，以及INT5和INT7的幅值相同但极性相反，则基站可以通过将UE1的信号和UE2分别相加相减，确定出UE1和UE2各自信号中的相噪，从而实现多用户相噪补偿。
然而，多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，例如INT5＝-INT7，与信号能量最小化所需的条件，例如INT5＝INT7相反，若要实现多用户相噪补偿，则必然导致信号能量增大，从而导致信号的峰值平均功率比(peak to average power ratio，PAPR)增高，影响信号传输性能。因此，如何在实现多用户相噪补偿的同时，还能够降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，目前函待解决。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种信号传输方法及装置，不仅能够实现多用户相噪补偿，还能够降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能。
为达到上述目的，本申请采用如下技术方案：
第一方面，提供一种信号传输方法。该方法包括：终端集合获取终端集合对应的导频图案，从而向网络设备发送终端集合对应的信号。其中，终端集合包括：M个终 端，M为大于1的整数。该M个终端中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置。该M个终端中，第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。i和j为1至M之间任意取值的整数。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。第i个终端的信号根据第i个终端的导频图案确定，第j个终端的信号根据第j个终端的导频图案确定。
基于第一方面所述的方法可知，第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反，可以满足多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，从而可以实现多用户相噪补偿。在此基础上，增大参考信号间的时域间隔，例如第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，或者第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，能够降低第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，或者降低第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，从而降低调制第一参考信号或第三参考信号所需的能量，进而在实现多用户相噪补偿的同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，以实现覆盖范围更大，失真更小。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。其中，第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。其中，第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可以看出，对于第j个终端而言，确定多用户相噪补偿需要满足两个条件，条件1：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反；条件2：第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。这种情况下，通过设置用于干扰的参考信号，或者说冗余信号的数量为多个，比如三个，即第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号，使得第j个终端在满足条件1和条件2的基础上，可以确定出多个冗余信号的多种能量组合，即相当于根据两个等式(条件1和条件2)，求解三个变量 (第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号的能量大小)。如此，第j个终端可以确定出多个冗余信号的能量最优解，即多个冗余信号的最低能量，以进一步降低信号的PAPR，从而进一步提高信号的传输性能。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可以看出，对于第j个终端而言，确定多用户相噪补偿需要满足两个条件，条件1：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反；条件2：第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。换言之，第j个终端需要在满足条件1和条件2的基础上，确定调制两个参考信号，比如第四参考信号和第八参考信号所需的能量。这种情况下，通过增大第三参考信号与第四参考信号间的时域间隔，可降低第四参考信号对于第三参考信号的干扰，从而减少将第三干扰信号调制到与第四干扰信号极性相反所需的能量。比如，在第四干扰信号为1，第三干扰信号为-1的基础上，若第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰从0.7降低至0.3，则将第三干扰信号调制为-1所需的能量便从|-1.7|降低至|-1.3|，因此，降低了信号的PAPR，提高信号的传输性能。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。如此，可以减少调制信号过程中的变量数量，以便终端集合能够更快速地调制出对应的信号，从而提高信号调制效率。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可以看出，用于干扰的参考信号(或者说冗余信号)与用于相噪补偿的参考信号，分别位于实信号位置和虚信号位置，如此一来，冗余信号与用于相噪补偿的参考信号彼此之间可以是实虚部部分正交的关系，从而可以降低参考信号彼此之间的干扰，以进一步降低信号的PAPR，进一步提高信号的传输性能。
一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
另一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可以看出，按上述第三位置索引、第四位置索引、第二位置索引、第一位置索引、第五位置索引的顺序，其时域序号依次连续，其指示的时域位置依次相邻，即第三时域位置与第四时域位置相邻，第四时域位置与第二时域位置相邻，第二时域位置与第一时域位置相邻，第一时域位置与第五时域位置相邻。如此，一方面，第j个终端的第四参考信号对第七参考信号的干扰，与第i个终端的第二参考信号对第五参考信号的干扰相同，且足够大，从而可以保证相噪补偿的准确性。另一方面，第j个终端的第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，小于第i个终端的第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，可以降低调制信号所需的能量，从而降低信号的PAPR，以实现兼顾信号的相噪补偿准确性和低PAPR。
第二方面，提供一种信号传输方法。该方法包括：网络设备发送M个终端对应的导频图案，并接收来自M个终端对应的信号。其中，M为大于1的整数。M个终端中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置。M个终端中，第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。i和j为1至M之间任意取值的整数。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第二参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。第i个终端的信号根据第i个终端的导频图案确定，第j个终端的信号根据第j个终端的导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。其中，第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二 参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。其中，第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
另一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
此外，第二方面所述的方法的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第三方面，提供一种信号传输方法。该方法包括：网络设备发送第一终端的第一导频图案，并接收来自第一终端的第一信号。其中，第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第一导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第一信号根据第一导频图案确定。
基于第三方面所述的方法可知，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的极性相反，可以满足多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，从而可以实现多用户相噪补偿。在此基础上，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的极性相同，可以满足能量最小化所需的条件，以便调制第十参考信号与第十一参考信号所需的能量最小，从而在实现多用户相噪补偿同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
应理解，设置信号的幅度相同，可以减少调制信号过程中的变量数量，以便第一终端能够更快调制出对应的信号，从而提高信号的调制效率。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。如此，相较于第十参考信号和第十一参考信号，分别位于实信号位置和虚信号位置的设置方案，第十参考信号和第十一参考信号同位于实信号位置，或者同位于虚信号位置，使其在信号调制流程中，不需要进行实虚转换，从而简化调制流程，以便第一终端能够更快调制出对应的信号，以提高信号的调制效率。
可选地，多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号；第一导频图案还用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置；若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为虚信号位置，或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为实信号位置。换言之，用于干扰的参考信号(或者说冗余信号)，如第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号，与用于相噪补偿的参考信号，如第十参考信号和第十一参考信号，分别位于实信号位置和虚信号位置。如此，用于相噪补偿的参考信号，与冗余信号彼此之间可以是实虚部部分正交的关系，从而可以降低参考信号彼此之间的干扰，以进一步降低信号的PAPR，进一步提高信号的传输性能。
可选地，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，第六时域位置用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置用于指示第七时域位置。
进一步地，第一导频图案还可以包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引，第八位置索引用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引用于指示第九时域位置。
其中，第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号连续，第八位置索引与第七位置 索引的时域序号连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号连续。也就是说，按第六位置索引、第八位置索引、第七位置索引、第九位置索引的顺序，其时域序号依次连续，其指示的时域位置依次相邻，即第十二参考信号分别与第十参考信号和第十一参考信号的时域位置相邻，以及第十三参考信号与第十一参考信号的时域位置相邻，也即冗余信号与被干扰的参考信号的时域位置相邻。如此，可以确保冗余信号对被干扰的参考信号产生的干扰足够大，以确保相噪补偿的准确性。
第四方面，提供一种信号传输方法。该方法包括：第一终端获取第一终端的第一导频图案，并向网络设备发送第一信号。其中，第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第三导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第一信号根据第一导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。
可选地，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，第六时域位置用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置用于指示第七时域位置。
可选地，多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号；第一导频图案还用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置；若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为虚信号位置，或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为实信号位置。
进一步地，第一导频图案包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引，第八位置索引用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引用于指示第九时域位置。
进一步地，第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号连续，第八位置索引与第七位置索引的时域序号连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号连续。
此外，第四方面所述的方法的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第五方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：接收模块和发送模块。其中，接收模块，用于获取信号传输装置对应的导频图案。发送模块，用于向网络设备发送终端集合对应的信号。
其中，第五方面所述的信号传输装置包括：M个终端，M为大于1的整数。M个终端中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置。M个终端中，第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。i和j为1至M之间任意取值的整数。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置 与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第二参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。第i个终端的信号根据第i个终端的导频图案确定，第j个终端的信号根据第j个终端的导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。其中，第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。其中，第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为 实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
另一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块，如收发模块。其中，收发模块用于实现第五方面所述的装置的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，第五方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中，处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。
可选地，第五方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得该装置可以执行第一方面所述的方法。
需要说明的是，第五方面所述的装置可以是终端集合，如包括M个终端的终端集合，也可以是可设置于终端集合中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含终端集合的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，第五方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第六方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：发送模块和接收模块。其中，发送模块，用于发送M个终端对应的导频图案；接收模块，用于接收来自M个终端对应的信号。
其中，M为大于1的整数。M个终端中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置。M个终端中，第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。i和j为1至M之间任意取值的整数。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第二参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。第i个终端的信号根据第i个终端的导频图案确定，第j个终端的信号根据第j个终端的导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与 第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。其中，第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。其中，第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
另一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一 位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块。其中，收发模块用于实现第六方面所述的装置的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，第六方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中，处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。
可选地，第六方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得该装置可以执行第二方面所述的方法。
需要说明的是，第六方面所述的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是可设置网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含网络设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，第六方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第七方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：接收模块和发送模块。发送模块，用于发送第一终端的第一导频图案。接收模块，用于接收来自第一终端的第一信号。其中，第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第三导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第一信号根据第一导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。
可选地，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，第六时域位置用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置用于指示第七时域位置。
可选地，多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号；第一导频图案还用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置；若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为虚信号位置，或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为实信号位置。
进一步地，第一导频图案包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引，第八位置索引用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引用于指示第九时域位置。
进一步地，第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号连续，第八位置索引与第七 位置索引的时域序号连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块。其中，收发模块用于实现第七方面所述的装置的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，第七方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中，处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。
可选地，第七方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得该装置可以执行第三方面所述的方法。
需要说明的是，第七方面所述的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是可设置网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含网络设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，第七方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第八方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：接收模块和发送模块。其中，接收模块，用于获取信号传输装置的第一导频图案。发送模块，用于向网络设备发送第一信号。其中，第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第三导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第一信号根据第一导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。
可选地，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，第六时域位置用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置用于指示第七时域位置。
可选地，多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号；第一导频图案还用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置；若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为虚信号位置，或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为实信号位置。
进一步地，第一导频图案包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引，第八位置索引用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引用于指示第九时域位置。
进一步地，第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号连续，第八位置索引与第七位置索引的时域序号连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块。其中，收发模块用于实现第八方面所述的装置的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，第八方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中，处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。
可选地，第八方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得该装置可以执行第四方面所述的方法。
需要说明的是，第八方面所述的装置可以是终端设备，例如第一终端，也可以是可设置终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含终端设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，第八方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第九方面，提供一种信号传输方法。该方法包括：终端获取第一信息，并发送第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。
基于第九方面所述的方法可知，由于导频图案有多种，例如包括第一导频图案或第二导频图案，在多用户场景下，终端便可以选择使用对应的导频图案来发送信号，比如当一个终端已选择第一导频图案以及第一预编码序列来发送信号，另一个终端便可以选择第二导频图案以及第二预编码序列来发送信号。这种情况下，一方面，由于第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反，可以满足多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，从而可以实现多用户相噪补偿。另一方面，由于第一导频图案或第二导频图案中参考信号的时域间隔不同，例如第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，或者第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，从而能够降低第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，或者降低第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，进而降低调制第一参考信号或第三参考信号所需的能量，进而在实现多用户相噪补偿的同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，以实现覆盖范围更大，失真更小。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应，以便终端根据第一信息中的预编码序列，便可以确定使用哪一种导频图案来发送信号，无需额外的信令指示，从而可以信令开销，提高通信效率。
可选地，在终端获取第一信息之前，第九方面所述的方法还可以包括：终端获取第二信息，第二信息包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系，以便终端在接收到第一信息时，能够根据上述预编码序列与导频图案的对应关系，准确地确定其需要使用的导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式或第二模式，第一模式可以用于指示终端使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示终端使用第二导频图案，以便终端根据第一信息指示的模式，便可以确定使用哪一种导频图案来发送信号，无需额外的信令指示，从而可以信令开销，提高通信效率。
可选地，在终端获取第一信息之前，第九方面所述的方法还可以包括：终端获取第二信息，第二信息包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系，以便终端在接收到第一信息时，能够根据模式与导频图案的对应关系，准确地确定其需要使用的导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息还可以包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案，以实现信令复用，提高通信效率。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
可选地，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位 置；或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置；或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引可以用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引可以用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
此外，第九方面所述的方法的其他技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十方面，提供一种信号传输方法。该方法包括：网络设备发送第一信息，并接收第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应。
可选地，在网络设备发送第一信息之前，第十方面所述的方法还可以包括：网络设备发送第二信息，第二信息包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式或第二模式，第一模式可以用于指示终端使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示终端使用第二导频图案。
可选地，在网络设备发送第一信息之前，第十方面所述的方法还可以包括：网络设备发送第二信息，第二信息包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息还可以包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置；第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
可选地，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置；第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引用于指示第一时域位置，第 二位置索引用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
此外，第十方面所述的方法的技术效果可以参考第九方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十一方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：接收模块和发送模块。其中，接收模块，用于获取第一信息；发送模块，用于发送第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示第十一方面所述的装置使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应。
可选地，接收模块，还用于在获取第一信息之前，获取第二信息，第二信息包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式或第二模式，第一模式可以用于指示第十一方面所述的装置使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示第十一方面所述的装置使用第二导频图案。
可选地，接收模块，还用于在获取第一信息之前，获取第二信息，第二信息包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息还可以包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关 系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
可选地，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置；或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置；或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引可以用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引 和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引可以用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块，如收发模块。其中，收发模块用于实现十一方面所述的装置的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，第十一方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中，处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。
可选地，第十一方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得该装置可以执行第九方面所述的方法。
需要说明的是，第十一方面所述的装置可以是终端，也可以是可设置于终端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含终端的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，第十一方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第九方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十二方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：接收模块和发送模块。其中，发送模块，用于发送第一信息；接收模块，用于接收第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应。
可选地，发送模块，还用于在发送第一信息之前，发送第二信息，第二信息包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式或第二模式，第一模式可以用于指示终端使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示终端使用第二导频图案。
可选地，发送模块，还用于在发送第一信息之前，发送第二信息，第二信息包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息还可以包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置；第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值 相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
可选地，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置；第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号 连续。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块和接收模块也可以集成为一个模块，如收发模块。其中，收发模块用于实现十二方面所述的装置的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，第十二方面所述的装置还可以包括处理模块。其中，处理模块用于实现该装置的处理功能。
可选地，第十二方面所述的装置还可以包括存储模块，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得该装置可以执行第十方面所述的方法。
需要说明的是，第十二方面所述的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含网络设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，第十二方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第十方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十三方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：处理器。其中，处理器，用于执行如第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十三方面所述的装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于该装置与其他装置通信。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十三方面所述的装置还可以包括存储器。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起，也可以分开设置。该存储器可以用于存储第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法所涉及的计算机程序和/或数据。
在本申请中，第十三方面所述的装置可以为第一方面所述的终端集合、或第二方面、第三方面中的网络设备、或第四方面所述的终端设备，例如第一终端，或第九方面所述的终端，或第十方面所述的网络设备，或者可设置于该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，或者包含该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备的装置。
此外，第十三方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十四方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：处理器和存储器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机指令，当处理器执行该指令时，以使该装置执行如第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十四方面所述的装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于该装置与其他装置通信。
在本申请中，第十四方面所述的装置可以为第一方面所述的终端集合、或第二方 面、第三方面中的网络设备、或第四方面所述的终端设备，例如第一终端，或第九方面所述的终端，或第十方面所述的网络设备，或者可设置于该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，或者包含该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备的装置。
此外，第十四方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第四方面中任一方面，以及第九方面至第十方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十五方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：逻辑电路和输入输出接口。其中，输入输出接口，用于接收代码指令并传输至逻辑电路。逻辑电路用于运行代码指令以执行如第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
在本申请中，第十五方面所述的装置可以为第一方面所述的终端集合、或第二方面、第三方面中的网络设备、或第四方面所述的终端设备，例如第一终端，或第九方面所述的终端，或第十方面所述的网络设备，或者可设置于该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，或者包含该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备的装置。
此外，第十五方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十六方面，提供一种信号传输装置。该装置包括：处理器和收发器。其中，收发器用于信号传输装置和其他装置之间进行信息交互，处理器执行程序指令，用以执行如第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十六方面所述的装置还可以包括存储器。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起，也可以分开设置。该存储器可以用于存储第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法所涉及的计算机程序和/或数据。
在本申请中，第十六方面所述的装置可以为第一方面所述的终端集合、或第二方面、第三方面中的网络设备、或第四方面所述的终端设备，例如第一终端，或第九方面所述的终端，或第十方面所述的网络设备，或者可设置于该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，或者包含该终端设备、终端集合或网络设备的装置。
此外，第十六方面所述的装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十七方面，提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括一个或多个网络设备，以及一个或多个终端，例如终端(也即第一终端)或终端集合。该终端集合用于执行如第一方面所述的方法，或该终端用于执行如第四方面或第九方面所述的方法。该网络设备用于执行第一方面、第二方面或第十方面所述的方法。
第十八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括：计算机程序或指令；当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
第十九方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行第一方面至第四方面，以及第九方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
附图说明
图1为现有导频图案的示意图；
图2为PTRS与数据的分组示意图一；
图3为PTRS与数据的分组示意图二；
图4为多载波信号的波形示意图；
图5为SC-OQAM的时域实现的流程示意图；
图6为SC-OQAM的波形示意图；
图7为SC-OQAM的频域实现的流程示意图；
图8为频域滤波的流程示意图；
图9为SC-OQAM中参考信号位置的示意图一；
图10为SC-OQAM中参考信号位置的示意图二；
图11为SC-OQAM中参考信号位置的示意图三；
图12为SC-OQAM中参考信号位置的示意图四；
图13为UE1的参考信号位置的示意图；
图14为UE2的参考信号位置的示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的架构示意图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图一；
图17为UE1和UE2的参考信号位置的示意图一；
图18为UE1和UE2的参考信号位置的示意图二；
图19为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图二；
图20为UE1和UE2的参考信号位置的示意图三；
图21为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图三；
图22为本申请实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构示意图一；
图23为本申请实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构示意图二；
图24为本申请实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构示意图三。
具体实施方式
下面介绍本申请实施例所涉及的技术术语。
1、相噪
其中，相噪会导致信号在时域上产生随机的相位偏移，这种相位偏移在频域上也可以被观测到。比如，以振荡器产生的信号为例，若信号没有受到相位噪声干扰，则振荡器的整个功率都应当集中在频率fo，或者说基准频率处。然而，若信号受到相位噪声干扰，则导致振荡器的部分功率从基准频率扩展到相邻频率，从而产生边带(sideband)。目前发射的信号都是通过低频信号倍频得到，这种情况下，相噪的大小与倍频因子的大小正相关，倍频因子越大，信号的频率越高，相噪也越大。换言之，信号的频域越高，信号受到相噪干扰越大。因此，对于高频信号，例如28千兆赫(GHz)、39GHz、60GHz、或73GHz等频段的信号，需要准确地进行相噪补偿，以尽量避免信号失真。
2、散傅里叶变换-扩展-正交频分复用(discrete fourier transform，DFT)-(spread，s)-(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)
其中，DFT-s-OFDM技术引入了参考信号，或者说导频，例如相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal，PTRS)，用于通过分析参考信号受到的相噪干扰来实现相噪补偿，从而改善相噪条件下信号的解调性能。具体而言，发送端，比如UE可以将参考信号插入到每组数据信号中。比如，图2为DFT-s-OFDM对应的信号的时序示意图，如图2所示，数据信号可以有多组，如2组、4组或8组等，每组数据的两端或中部可以插入相应数量的参考信号，如2个或4个参考信号等。然后，UE可以向接收端，比如基站发送该参考信号和数据信号，以便基站接收到受相噪干扰的参考信号和数据信号，从而根据受相噪干扰的参考信号，确定每组数据信号的相噪，从而对每组受相噪干扰的数据信号进行相噪补偿，以消除相噪对数据信号的干扰。
进一步地，多用户场景下，多个UE同时向基站发送信号(参考信号和数据信号)，为实现对每个UE的信号进行相噪补偿，UE需要使用预编码序列(1和-1组成的序列)调制信号，使得基站接收的多个UE的信号是解耦的，从而实现对每个UE的信号进行相噪补偿。
为便于理解，下面以两个UE为例，对多用户场景下的相噪补偿进行具体介绍。
其中，图3为多用户场景下信号的时序示意图，如图3所示，UE1和UE2的每组数据信号中都可以插入两个参考信号，且两个参考信号位于同一时域位置。如果UE1使用预编码序列[1,1]调制参考信号，UE2使用预编码序列[1,-1]调制参考信号，且UE1和UE2同时向基站发送参考信号，则基站的接收信号可以表示为如下式1和式2所示：
Y1＝(PTRS UE1)*exp(1i*Θ1)+(PTRS UE2)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (1)
Y2＝(PTRS UE1)*exp(1i*Θ1)-(PTRS UE2)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (2)
其中，Y1为基站在一个参考信号所在时域位置处的接收信号，Y2为基站在另一个参考信号所在时域位置处的接收信号，PTRS UE1为UE1的参考信号，PTRS UE2为UE2的参考信号，exp(1i*Θ1)为UE1的相噪，exp(1i*Θ2)为UE2的相噪。如此，基站通过Y1+Y2，以及Y1-Y2，即可分别确定相噪exp(1i*Θ1)和相噪exp(1i*Θ2)，从而实现UE1和UE2的相噪补偿，也即多用户相噪补偿。
可以看出，为实现多用户相噪补偿，参考信号的数量最低需要2个。此外，如果用户的数量不限于2个，则可以相应增加预编码序列的数量和长度，以实现更多用户的相噪补偿。比如，若UE的数量为4，则4个UE对应的预编码序列可以分别为：[1,1,1,1]、[1,-1,1,-1]、[1,1,-1,-1]、[1,-1,-1,1]，并且，UE的数量为8、16等可以依此类推。
3、PAPR
其中，PAPR是指最大瞬态功率与平均功率的比值，也称为峰均比。
具体而言，由于无线信号从时域上观测是幅度不断变化的正弦波，每个周期内的信号幅度并不相同，因此，每个周期的平均功率和峰值功率也不相同。这种情况下，每个周期的平均功率和峰值功率的比值，不适合用来衡量PAPR。换言之，为衡量PAPR，需要一段较长的观测时间，例如连续多个周期。这段时间内，峰值功率可以以某种概率，比如0.01％的概率，或者说10-4的概率出现的最大瞬态功率，该最大瞬态功率与平均功率的比值即为PAPR。
进一步地，对于上述OFDM的多载波信号而言，PAPR通常由多载波信号的叠加产生。比如，图4为多载波信号的波形示意图，如图4所示，在OFDM的多载波信号 中，某个载波信号的波形可以为sinc函数，即波峰位于中部，并在波峰的左右两侧形成拖尾。如此，连续多个载波信号的波峰可以叠加，形成一段高峰值区域，例如区域L。这种情况下，高峰值区域内产生的最大瞬态功率通常很大，从而导致系统的PAPR比较大。
可以理解到，对于无线通信而言，若要将信号发往远处，则需要功率放大器对信号进行功率放大。但受限于技术和成本，功率放大器只能在一定功率区间内对信号进行线性放大，超过该功率区间会导致信号失真，从而导致接收端无法正确解析信号。在此基础上，如果信号的PAPR过大，会导致信号在该功率区间内的放大倍数降低，或者说放大效率降低，从而导致信号的覆盖范围变小。因此，为了满足信号的覆盖需求，需要尽可能降低信号的PAPR。
4、单载波偏移正交幅度调制(single-carrier offset quadrature amplitude modulation，SC-OQAM)
其中，信号在无线传输过程中存在路径损耗，或者路损，且高频信号的路损尤为严重。为提高高频信号的接收质量，增大高频信号的发送功率是对抗路损的主要方案。因此，对于高频信号而言，可以采用SC-OQAM技术进行调制，以获得较低的PAPR，从而提高高频信号的发送功率。
具体而言，SC-OQAM的实现方式通常有两种，一种是时域实现，另一种是频域实现，下面分别进行介绍。
时域实现：
以UE为例，图5为时域实现的流程示意图，如图5所示，首先，UE可以将待发送的数据信号，例如经过编码的01字符串，调制为离散的时域信号，例如离散的实数信号和离散的虚数信号。然后，UE可以对离散的实数信号和离散的虚数信号进行上采样，或者说插值处理，从而获得时域上更连续的信号，例如上采样的实数信号和上采样的虚数信号。然后，UE可以选择将其中一路信号延时T/2，例如将上采样的虚数信号延时T/2，从而获得部分正交关系的实数信号和虚数信号，或者说实虚分离的正交幅度调制(quadrature amplitude modulation，QAM)信号。其中，实数信号(实数信号的波峰)所在的时域位置可以称为实信号位置，虚数信号(虚数信号的波峰)所在的时域位置可以称为虚信号位置。比如，图6为部分正交关系的波形示意图，如图6所示，实数信号1(实线所示)和虚数信号j1(虚线所示)的时域间隔为T/2，实数信号2(实线所示)和虚数信号j2(虚线所示)的时域间隔为T/2。可以看出，实数信号1与下一个信号，例如虚数信号j1是非正交关系，但实数信号1与下两个信号，例如实数信号2是正交关系。同理，虚数信号j1与下一个信号，如实数信号2是非正交关系，但虚数信号j1与下两个信号，例如虚数信号j2是正交关系。也就是说，部分正交关系是指：一个信号与该信号的下一个信号是非正交关系，该信号与该信号的下两个信号是正交关系，这样的优势在于，实数信号的波峰会叠加虚数信号的非波峰，以避免出现复数信号中实数信号的波峰和虚数信号的波峰同时叠加的情况，从而可以有效降低信号的PAPR。之后，UE可以对实虚分离的QAM信号，进行脉冲赋形，或者说使用滤波器进行滤波，以进一步降低信号的PAPR，从而获得赋形的实数信号和赋形的虚数信号。最后，UE可以对赋形的实数信号和赋形的虚数信号进行下采样，或者说 进行抽值处理，从而获得下采样的实数信号和下采样的虚数信号，并通过射频天线发送该下采样的实数信号和下采样的虚数信号，以便接收端，例如基站接到该下采样的实数信号和下采样的虚数信号。
频域实现：
仍以UE为例，图7为频域实现的流程示意图，如图7中的a所示，首先，UE可以将待发送的数据信号调制为离散的时域信号，再对离散的时域信号依次进行上采样和延时T/2，从而获得实虚分离的QAM信号，具体实现原理可以参考上述时域实现中的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。然后，UE可以对QAM信号进行离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform，DFT)，从而获得频域实数信号，比如[X1,X2,X3,…]，以及频域虚数信号，比如[jY1,jY2,jY3…]。此时，UE可以分别对频域实数信号和频域虚数信号进行上采样，如2倍上采样，从而获得上采样的频域实数信号，比如[X1,0,X2,0,X3,0,…]，以及上采样的频域虚数信号，比如[0,jY1,0,jY2,0,jY3…]。如此，UE可以将上采样的频域实数信号和上采样的频域虚数信号合并为频域复数信号，比如[X1,jY1,X2,jY2,X3,jY3,…]，以便于频域上进行处理。需要说明的是，由于实虚分离的QAM信号通常存在冗余数据，因此，UE在获得频域复数信号后，可以对频域复数信号进行截断式频域滤波，以滤除频域复数信号中相应的冗余数据，从而获得带宽截短的频域复数信号。比如，图8为截断式频域滤波的信号示意图，如图8所示，频域复数信号的带宽为100，即100个频域资源块的长度，频域滤波器的带宽为60，即60个频域资源块的长度。如此，通过频域滤波器对频域复数信号进行截断式频域滤波，可以截断频域复数信号中40的带宽，即滤除频域复数信号中的40个冗余信号，从而获得带宽为60的频域复数信号。最后，UE可以对带宽截短的频域复数信号依次进行子载波映射(subcarrier mapping)，以及逆向快速傅里叶变换(inverse fast fourier transform，IFFT)，从而获得时域的实数信号和虚数信号，并通过射频天线发送该时域的实数信号和虚数信号。相应地，如图7中的b所示，接收端，例如基站可以接收到该时域的实数信号和虚数信号，并对该时域的实数信号和虚数信号进行快速傅里叶变换(fast Fourier transform，FFT)，以及子载波去映射，从而获得频域复数信号。然后，基站可以对信道对应的频域复数信号进行信道去除，频域滤波以及IFFT，从而获得时域的实数信号和虚数信号，以便后续进行相噪补偿。其中，信道去除是指将频域复数信号中的信道标识去除。
5、SC-OQAM的多用户相噪补偿
类似于上述DFT-s-OFDM的多用户相噪补偿原理，SC-OQAM技术也可以引入参考信号，例如PTRS，以通过分析参考信号受到的相噪干扰，实现SC-OQAM的多用户相噪补偿。
具体而言，如果参考信号有2N个，N为正整数，则2N个参考信号(Q1-Q2N)可以连续放置，该连续放置可以是在时域位置上是连续的(图9中的a所示)，还可以是在虚信号位置上连续的(图9中的b所示)，也可以是在实信号位置上是连续的(图9中的c所示)。或者，另一些放置方式中，N个参考信号连续放置在实信号的位置，另外N个参考信号放在非连续的虚信号位置(图10中的a所示)；也可以将N个参考信号放在连续的虚信号位置，另外N个参考信号放在非连续的实信号位置(图 10中的b所示)；也可以将N个参考信号放在连续的实信号位置，另外N个参考信号放在连续的虚信号位置(图10中的c所示)。
如果参考信号有2N+1个，则2N+1参考信号可以连续放置，该连续放置可以是在时域位置上是连续的(图11中的a所示)，还可以是在虚信号位置上连续的(图11中的b所示)，也可以是在实信号位置上是连续的(图11中的c所示)。或者，另一些放置方式中，N个或N+1个参考信号连续放置在实信号的位置，另外N个或N+1个参考信号放在非连续的虚信号位置(图12中的a所示)；也可以将N个或N+1个参考信号放在连续的虚信号位置，另外N个或N+1个参考信号放在非连续的实信号位置(图12中的b所示)；也可以将N个或N+1个参考信号放在连续的实信号位置，另外N个或N+1个参考信号放在连续的虚信号位置(图12中的c所示)。
需要指出的是，放在实信号位置的参考信号可以是实数信号，或也可以是虚数信号。同理，放在虚信号位置的参考信号可以是实数信号，或也可以是虚数信号，对此不限定。此外，多用户场景下，每个用户的2N个或2N+1个参考信号都可以采用上述放置方式，对此不限定。
进一步地，如有2N个参考信号，则N个参考信号可以用于对另外N个参考信号产生干扰，也称为冗余信号，另外N个参考信号可以用于相噪补偿。例如有2N+1个参考信号，则N个或N+1个参考信号可以为冗余信号，另外N个或N+1个参考信号可以用于相噪补偿。这种情况下，如果是单用户相噪补偿，则UE可以调制该用户的N个或N+1个冗余信号的幅度，使得该用户的N个或N+1个参考信号受到的干扰为故定值。如此，基站可以根据该故定值确定该用户的相噪，从而实现单用户相噪补偿。如果是多用户相噪补偿，则UE可以调制每个用户的N个或N+1个冗余信号的幅度，使得每个用户的N个或N+1个参考信号受到的干扰为故定值。在此基础上，UE使用预编码序列调制信号，以将多个用户的信号解耦。如此，基站接收到多个UE的信号后，可以根据每个UE对应的固定值，分别确定每个用户的相噪，从而实现多用户相噪补偿。为便于理解，下面以4个参考信号为例，分别对单用户相噪补偿和多用户相噪补偿进行介绍。
单用户相噪补偿：
其中，以UE1为例，图13中的a为UE1的4个参考信号的波形示意图，图13中b为UE1的4个参考信号的时域位置示意图。如图13所示，4个参考信号包括：Q1、Q2(冗余信号)、Q3和Q4(冗余信号)，Q1至Q4在时域位置上连续放置，且Q1和Q3在实信号位置上连续放置，Q2和Q4在虚信号位置上连续放置。此外，还包括：UE1的数据信号jY1放置在虚信号位置，UE1的数据信号X1放置在实信号位置。
进一步地，如果UE1向基站发送图13和图14所示的信号，则基站的接收信号可以表示为如下式3和式4所示：
Z1＝(Q1+a1*jQ2+a2*jQ4+a3*jY1+a4*X1)*exp(1i*Θ1)   (3)
Z3＝(Q3+b1*jQ2+b2*jQ4+b3*jY1+b4*X1)*exp(1i*Θ1)   (4)
其中，Z1为基站在Q1放置位置处的接收信号，a1*jQ2为Q2对Q1产生的干扰，a2*jQ4为Q4对Q1产生的干扰，a3*jY1为数据信号jY1对Q1产生的干扰，a4*X1为数据信号X1对Q1产生的干扰，exp(1i*Θ1)为UE1的相噪。Z3为基站在Q3放置位 置处的接收信号，b1*jQ2为Q2对Q3产生的干扰，b2*jQ4为Q4对Q3产生的干扰，b3*jY1为数据信号jY1对Q3产生的干扰，b4*X1为数据信号X1对Q3产生的干扰。为方便描述，设置a1*jQ2+a2*jQ4+a3*jY1+a4*X1＝INT1，b1*jQ2+b2*jQ4+b3*jY1+b4*X1＝INT3。
可以理解，由于数据信号中承载的数据是确定的，因此a3*jY1和a4*X1，以及b3*jY1和b4*X1是确定的。在此基础上，如果UE1调制Q1至Q4，使得Q1＝Q3，即Q1和Q3的幅度和极性相同，且INT1＝INT3＝A1，即INT1和INT3幅度和极性相同，A1为基站和UE事先约定好的固定值。如此，基站便可以确定相噪exp(1i*Θ1)的大小，从而实现UE1的相噪补偿，也即单用户的相噪补偿。
多用户相噪补偿：
其中，以UE1和UE2为例，UE1的信号如图13所示，在此不再赘述。图14中的a为UE2的4个参考信号的波形示意图，图14中b为UE2的4个参考信号的时域位置示意图。如图14所示，4个参考信号包括：Q5、Q6(冗余信号)、Q7和Q8(冗余信号)，Q5-Q8在时域位置上连续放置，且Q5和Q7在实信号位置上连续放置，Q6和Q8在虚信号位置上连续放置。此外，还包括：UE2的数据信号jY2放置在虚信号位置，UE2的数据信号X2放置在实信号位置。
如果UE1使用预编码序列[1,1]调制图13所示的信号，UE2使用预编码序列[1,-1]调制图14所示的信号，且UE1和UE2同时向基站发送信号(即Q1与Q5放置位置相同，Q2与Q6放置位置相同)，则基站的接收信号可以表示为如下式5和式6所示：
Z15＝(Q1+INT1)*exp(1i*Θ1)+(Q5+a5*jQ6+a6*jQ8+a7*jY2+a8*X2)*exp(1i*Θ2)    (5)Z26＝(Q3+INT3)*exp(1i*Θ1)-(Q7+b5*jQ6+b6*jQ8+b7*jY2+b8*X2)*exp(1i*Θ2)     (6)其中，Z15为基站在Q1放置位置，或者说Q5放置位置处的接收信号，a5*jQ6为Q6对Q5产生的干扰，a6*jQ8为Q8对Q5产生的干扰，a7*jY2为数据信号jY2对Q5产生的干扰，a8*X2为数据信号X2对Q5产生的干扰，exp(1i*Θ2)为UE2的相噪。其中，Z15为基站在Q3放置位置，或者说Q7放置位置处的接收信号，b5*jQ6为Q6对Q7产生的干扰，b6*jQ8为Q8对Q7产生的干扰，b7*jY2为数据信号jY2对Q8产生的干扰，b8*X2为数据信号X2对Q8产生的干扰。为方便描述，可以设置a5*jQ6+a6*jQ8+a7*jY2+a8*X2＝INT5，以及，设置Q7+b5*jQ6+b6*jQ8+b7*jY2+b8*X2＝INT7，上述式5和式6可以表示为如下式7和式8所示：
Z15＝(Q1+INT1)*exp(1i*Θ1)+(Q5+INT5)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (7)
Z26＝(Q3+INT3)*exp(1i*Θ1)-(Q7+INT7)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (8)
其中，如果UE1通过调制Q1至Q4，使得Q1＝Q3，INT1＝INT3＝A1，并调制Q5至Q8，使得Q5＝-Q7，即Q5和Q7的幅度相同但极性相反，INT5＝-INT7＝A2，即INT5和INT7幅度相同但极性相反，A2为基站和UE事先约定好的固定值。基站通过Z15+Z26，以及Z15-Z26，可以分别确定出相噪exp(1i*Θ1)和相噪exp(1i*Θ2)的大小，实现UE1和UE2的相噪补偿，也即多用户相噪补偿。
需要指出的是，SC-OQAM中预编码序列的设计方案，可以参考上述DFT-s-OFDM中预编码序列的设计方案。换言之，为实现SC-OQAM的多用户相噪补偿，用于相噪补偿的参考信号，例如上述Q1和Q3，或者上述Q2和Q4，至少需要2个。并且，如果用户的数量不止2个，则可以相应增加预编码序列的数量和长度，以实现更多用户的相噪补偿。比如，若UE的数量为4，则4个UE对应的预编码序列可以分别为：[1,1,1,1]、[1,-1,1,-1]、[1,1,-1,-1]、[1,-1,-1,1]，UE的数量为8、16等可以此类推。
进一步地，根据上述PAPR的介绍可知，UE1和UE2在实现相噪补偿的同时，也需要尽可能降低信号能量，以获得较低的PAPR。
其中，对于UE1而言，INT1＝INT3符合能量最小化的需要，Q2和Q4的总能量比较小，使得UE1的PAPR较低。比如，图13所示，在不考虑数据信号X1和数据信号J1的干扰的基础上，如果INT1＝INT3＝1，则可以调制Q2的能量为1.6，Q4的能量为0，通过Q2分别对Q1和Q3产生能量为1的干扰，来满足INT1＝INT3＝1。这种情况下，由于Q4的能量为0，使得Q2和Q4的总能量最小，为1.6。
对于UE2而言，INT5＝-INT7不符合能量最小化的需要，或者说与能量最小化所需的INT5＝INT7相反，因此Q6和Q8的总能量比较大，UE2的PAPR较高，信号传输效率比较低。比如，图14所示，在不考虑数据信号X2和数据信号J2的干扰的基础上，如果INT5＝-INT7＝1，即INT5＝1，INT7＝-1，则可以调制Q6的能量为1.6，以通过Q6对Q5产生能量为1的干扰，来满足INT5＝1。同时，由于Q6对Q7也产生能量为1的干扰，若要INT7＝-1，则需要增大Q8的能量，比如调制Q8的能量为-3.2(不考虑Q8对Q5的干扰)，以便Q8对Q7产生能量为-2的干扰，使得INT7＝-2+1＝-1。这种情况下，Q6和Q8的总能量比较大，为4.8。也就是说，对于UE2而言，若要实现多用户相噪补偿，则必然导致信号能量增大，从而导致信号的PAPR比较高，影响信号传输性能。
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如无线保真(wireless fidelity，WiFi)系统，车到任意物体(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信系统、设备间(device-todevie，D2D)通信系统、车联网通信系统、第4代(4th generation，4G)移动通信系统，如长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统，如新空口(new radio，NR)系统，以及未来的通信系统，如第六代(6th generation，6G)移动通信系统等。还可以应用于卫星通信系统、物联网(internet of things，IoT)、窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things，NB-IoT)系统、全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)、增强型数据速率GSM演进系统(enhanced data rate for GSM evolution，EDGE)、宽带码分多址系统(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)、码分多址2000系统(code division multiple access，CDMA2000)、时分同步码分多址系统(time division-synchronization code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)、5G移动通信系统的三大应用场景增强型移动带宽(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)，超可靠、低时延通信(ultra reliable low latency communications，uRLLC)和海量机器类通信 (massive machine type communications，mMTC)，设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统。
本申请将围绕可包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是，各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等，并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外，还可以使用这些方案的组合。
另外，在本申请实施例中，“示例地”、“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。
本申请实施例中，“信息(information)”，“信号(signal)”，“消息(message)”，“信道(channel)”、“信令(singaling)”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”，“相应的(corresponding，relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。
本申请实施例中，有时候下标如W1可能会笔误为非下标的形式如W1，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先以图15中示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。示例性地，图15为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法所适用的一种通信系统的架构示意图。
如图15所示，该通信系统包括：网络设备，以及终端集合，例如M个终端，或者第一终端，M为大于1的整数。
其中，上述网络设备为位于上述通信系统的网络侧，且具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片或芯片系统。该网络设备包括但不限于：无线保真(wireless fidelity，WiFi)系统中的接入点(access point，AP)，例如家庭网关、路由器、服务器、交换机、网桥等，演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission and reception point，TRP或者transmission point，TP)等，还可以为5G，例如，新空口(new radio，NR)系统中的gNB，或，传输点(TRP或TP)，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，例如基带单元(BBU)，或，分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)、具有基站功能的路边单元(road side unit，RSU)等。
上述终端集合中的任一个终端，例如第一终端为接入上述通信系统，且具有无线收发功能的终端或可设置于该终端的芯片或芯片系统。该终端也可以称为用户装置、 接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载终端、具有终端功能的RSU等。本申请的终端设备还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法，可以适用于图15所示的任意两个节点之间，例如终端集合与网络设备之间，具体实现可以参考下述方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
应当指出的是，本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他通信系统中，相应的名称也可以用其他通信系统中的对应功能的名称进行替代。
应理解，图15仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信系统中还可以包括其他网络设备，和/或，其他终端，图15中未予以画出。
下面将结合图16-图20对本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法进行具体阐述。
示例性地，图16为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图一。该信号传输方法可以适用于图15所示的任意两个节点之间，例如终端集合与网络设备之间的通信。如图16所示，该信号传输方法包括如下步骤：
S1601，网络设备发送终端集合对应的导频图案，终端集合获取终端集合对应的导频图案。
其中，终端集合包括：M个终端，M为大于1的整数。为便于理解，下文以M个终端中的任意两个终端，例如第i个终端和第j个终端为例，对本申请的技术方案进行介绍。M个终端中其他终端的具体实现，可以参考下文对第i个终端和第j个终端的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
具体而言，M个终端对应的导频图案中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于(或者说放置于)第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置；第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，即与第一参考信号位于同一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置，即与第二参考信号位于不同时域位置。其中，第一参考信号为第i个终端用于相噪补偿的参考信号，第二参考信号为冗余信号。第三参考信号为第j个终端用于相噪补偿的参考信号，第四参考信号为冗余信号。第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置；或者，第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM中的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
其中，第i个终端设置有第一预编码序列，例如[1,1]，第j个终端设置有与第一预编码序列不同的第二预编码序列，例如1,-1]。应理解，第一预编码序列为[1,1]，以及 第二预编码序列为[1,-1]仅是一种示例，不作为限定，第一预编码序列和第二预编码序列也可以采用其他取值，比如，第一预编码序列为[1,1,1,1]、第二预编码序列为[1,-1,1,-1]。其中，第一预编码序列可以由网络设备配置给第i个终端，或者也可以是协议预配置在第i个终端本地。同理，第二预编码序列可以由网络设备配置给第j个终端，或者也可以是协议预配置在第j个终端本地，对此不限定。如果第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值(例如1)，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值(例如-1)相反，则第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，如此，能够降低第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，或者降低第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，从而降低调制第一参考信号或第三参考信号所需的能量，进而在实现多用户相噪补偿的同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，如覆盖范围更大，失真更小。为便于理解，下文以第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔为例进行介绍。
进一步地，根据上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍可知，为实现多用户相噪补偿，用于相噪补偿的参考信号至少需要2个。也就是说，为实现第i个终端和第j个终端的相噪补偿，第i个终端的导频图案不仅指示第一参考信号和第二参考信号的时域位置，还可以指示更多参考信号的时域位置，例如第五参考信号和第六参考信号的时域位置；同理，第i个终端的导频图案不仅指示第三参考信号和第四参考信号的时域位置，也可以指示更多参考信号的时域位置，例如第七参考信号和第八参考信号的时域位置，或者第七参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号的时域位置，下面分别介绍。
第一种实施方式，第i个终端的导频图案可以用于指示：第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示：第七参考信号位于与第五参考信号相同的第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。
其中，第五参考信号为第i个终端用于相噪补偿的参考信号，第六参考信号为冗余信号。第七参考信号为第j个终端用于相噪补偿的参考信号，第八参考信号为冗余信号。此外，第四时域位置可以为实信号位置，第五时域位置可以为虚信号位置；或者，第四时域位置可以为虚信号位置，第五时域位置可以为实信号位置，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM中参考信号放置位置的相关介绍。如此，结合上述第一时域位置、第二时域位置和第三时域位置的相关介绍，可以看出，用于相噪补偿的参考信号与冗余信号，或者说用于干扰的参考信号，分别位于实信号位置和虚信号位置，如此，冗余信号与用于相噪补偿的参考信号彼此之间可以是实虚部部分正交的关系，以降低参考信号彼此之间的干扰，从而进一步降低信号的PAPR，进而进一步提高信号的传输性能。
进一步地，第i个终端的导频图案，或者第j个终端的导频图案可以通过位置索引，间接指示各参考信号的时域位置，或者也可以通过具体时域位置，直接指示各参考信号的时域位置。其中，以位置索引指示为例，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。也就是说，按第三位置索引、第四位置索引、第二位置索引、第一位置索引、第五位置索引的顺序，其时域序号依次连续，其指示的时域位置依次相邻，即第三时域位置与第四时域位置相邻，第四时域位置与第二时域位置相邻，第二时域位置与第一时域位置相邻，第一时域位置与第五时域位置相邻。如此，一方面，第j个终端的第四参考信号对第七参考信号的干扰，与第i个终端的第二参考信号对第五参考信号的干扰相同，且足够大，从而可以确保相噪补偿的准确性。另一方面，第j个终端的第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，小于第i个终端的第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，可以降低调制信号所需的能量，从而降低信号的PAPR，以实现兼顾信号的相噪补偿准确性和低PAPR。
进一步地，上述第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值(例如1)与第五参考信号对应的取值(例如1)相同。上述第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值(例如1)与第七参考信号对应的取值(例如-1)相反。
如此，第i个终端通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号，可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。此外，可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度可以相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度可以相同，以减少调制信号过程中的变量数量，以便第i个终端能够更快调制出对应的信号，从而提高信号调制效率。
同理，第j个终端通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号，可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。此外，可选地，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度可以相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度可以相同，以减少调制信号过程中的变量数量，以便第j个终端能够更快调制出对应的信号，从而提高信号调制效率。
可以看出，对于第j个终端而言，确定多用户相噪补偿需要满足两个条件，条件1：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反；条件2：第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。换言之，第j个终端需要在满足条件1和条件2的基础上，确定调制两个参考信号，例如第四参考信号和第八参考信号所需的能量。这种情况下，通过增大第三参考信号与第四参考信号间的时域间隔，可降低第四参考信号对于第三参考信号的干扰，从而减少将第三干扰信号调制到与第四干扰 信号极性相反所需的能量。比如，在第四干扰信号为1，第三干扰信号为-1的基础上，若第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰从0.7降低至0.3，则将第三干扰信号调制为-1所需的能量便从|-1.7|降低至|-1.3|，因此，降低了信号的PAPR，提高信号的传输性能。
为便于理解，下面继续以UE1和UE2为例进行介绍。
示例1，图17为UE1和UE2对应的导频图案，如图17中的a所示，UE1的导频图案指示：Q1(上述第一参考信号)、Q2(上述第二参考信号)、Q3(上述第五参考信号)以及Q4(上述第六参考信号)，Q1至Q4在时域位置上连续放置，且Q1和Q3在实信号位置上连续放置，Q2和Q4在虚信号位置上连续放置。如图17中的b所示，UE2的导频图案指示：Q5(上述第三参考信号)、Q6(上述第四参考信号)、Q7(上述第七参考信号)以及Q8(上述第八参考信号)，Q5和Q7在实信号位置上连续放置，Q6和Q8在虚信号位置上非连续放置，且Q6和Q8间间隔一个虚信号位置。
如此，一方面，UE1根据UE1的导频图案，以及第一预编码序列[1,1]，确定UE1需要在Q1所在时域位置(或者说第四时域位置)发射的信号S1，并需要在Q3所在时域位置(或者说第一时域位置)发射的信号S3。其中，信号S1可以如下式5所示，S3可以如下式6所示。
S1＝Q1+a1*jQ2+a2*jQ4   (5)
S3＝Q3+b1*jQ2+b2*jQ4   (6)
其中，a1*jQ2为Q2对Q1产生的干扰，a2*jQ4为Q4对Q1产生的干扰，b1*jQ2为Q2对Q3产生的干扰，b2*jQ4为Q4对Q3产生的干扰。其中，设置a1*jQ2+a2*jQ4＝InT1，b1*jQ2+b2*jQ4＝InT3，上述式5和式6可以表示为如下式7和式8所示。
S1＝Q1+InT1   (7)
S3＝Q3+InT3   (8)
进一步地，根据上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍可知，若要实现UE1的相噪补偿，则需要调制Q1至Q4，使得Q1＝Q3，InT1＝InT3。这种情况下，InT1＝InT3满足能量最小化的要求，即S1和S3的PAPR比较低。
另一方面，UE2根据UE2的导频图案，以及第二预编码序列[1,-1]，确定UE2需要在Q5所在时域位置(或者说第四时域位置)发射的信号S5，并需要在Q7所在时域位置(或者说第一时域位置)发射的信号S7。其中，信号S5可以如下式9所示，信号S7可以如下式10所示。
S5＝Q5+a3*jQ6+a4*jQ8   (9)
S7＝-(Q7+b3*jQ6+b4*jQ8)   (10)
其中，a3*jQ6为Q6对Q5产生的干扰，a4*jQ8为Q8对Q5产生的干扰，b3*jQ6为Q6对Q5产生的干扰，b4*jQ8为Q8对Q7产生的干扰。其中，设置a3*jQ6+a4*jQ8＝InT5，b3*jQ6+b4*jQ8＝InT7，上述式9和式10可以表示为如下式11和式12所示。
S5＝Q5+InT5   (11)
S7＝-(Q7+InT7)   (12)
进一步地，根据上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍可知，若要实现UE2的相噪补偿，则 需要调制Q5至Q8，使得Q5＝-Q7，InT5＝-InT7。这种情况下，InT5＝-InT7虽然不满足能量最小化的要求，即InT5＝InT7，但由于Q6与Q7间的时域间隔比较大，比如大于Q2与Q3间的时域间隔，使得Q6对Q7的干扰减少，从而使得Q8调制到-InT7所需能量更少。比如，如果INT5＝-INT7＝1，则可以调制Q6的能量为1.6，以通过Q6对Q5产生能量为1的干扰，来满足INT5＝1；同时，Q6也可以对Q7产生能量为0.3的干扰。在此基础上，可以少量增大Q8的能量，如调制Q8的能量为-1.7(不考虑Q8对Q5的干扰)，以便Q8对Q7产生能量为-1.3的干扰，使得INT7＝-1.3+0.3＝-1。如此，Q6和Q8的总能量下降，为3.4，UE2的PAPR降低。
第二种实施方式，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号，位于与第五参考信号相同的第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。
其中，第五参考信号至第八参考信号的具体实现，可以参考上述第一种实施方式中的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。此外，第九参考信号可以为冗余信号，位于上述第二时域位置。
进一步地，第i个终端的导频图案，或者第j个终端的导频图案，也可以通过位置索引，间接指示各参考信号的时域位置，或者也可以通过具体时域位置，直接指示各参考信号的时域位置。其中，仍以位置索引指示为例，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引-第五位置索引的具体实现，可以参考上述第一种实施方式中的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
进一步地，上述第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值(例如1)与第五参考信号对应的取值(例如1)相同。上述第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值(例如1)与第七参考信号对应的取值(例如-1)相反。如此，第i个终端通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号，可以满足上述第一种实施方式中所述的关系，在此不再赘述。但是，第j个终端通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号，则可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。此外，可选地，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度可以相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
可以看出，对于第j个终端而言，确定多用户相噪补偿需要满足两个条件，条件1：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反；条件2：第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。这种情况下，通过设置用于干扰的参考信号，或者说冗余信号的数量为多个，比如三个，即第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号，使得第j个终端在满足条件1和条件2的基础上，可以确定多个冗余信号的多种能量组合，即相当于根据两个等式(条件1和条件2)，求解三个变量(第 四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号的能量大小)。如此，第j个终端可以确定出多个冗余信号的能量最优解，即多个冗余信号的最低能量，以进一步降低信号的PAPR，从而进一步提高信号的传输性能。
为便于理解，下面继续以UE1和UE2为例进行介绍。
示例2，图18为UE1和UE2对应的导频图案，如图18中的a所示，UE1的导频图案指示：Q1(上述第一参考信号)、Q2(上述第二参考信号)、Q3(上述第五参考信号)以及Q4(上述第六参考信号)，Q1至Q4在时域位置上连续放置，且Q1和Q3在实信号位置上连续放置，Q2和Q4在虚信号位置上连续放置。如图18中的b所示，UE2的导频图案指示：Q5(上述第三参考信号)、Q6(上述第四参考信号)、Q7(上述第七参考信号)、Q8(上述第八参考信号)以及Q9(上述第九参考信号)，Q5和Q7在实信号位置上连续放置，Q6、Q8和Q9在虚信号位置上连续放置。
一方面，UE1根据UE1的导频图案，以及第一预编码序列[1,1]，确定UE1需要在Q1所在时域位置(或者说第四时域位置)发射的信号S1，并需要在Q3所在时域位置(或者说第一时域位置)发射的信号S3，具体实现可以参考上述第一种实施方式中的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
另一方面，UE2根据UE2的导频图案，以及第二预编码序列[1,-1]，确定UE2需要在Q5所在时域位置(或者说第四时域位置)发射的信号S5，并需要在Q7所在时域位置(或者说第一时域位置)发射的信号S7。其中，信号S5可以如下式13所示，信号S7可以如下式14所示。
S5＝Q5+a3*jQ6+a4*jQ8+a5*jQ9   (13)
S7＝-(Q7+b3*jQ6+b4*jQ8+b5*jQ9)   (14)
其中，a3*jQ6为Q6对Q5产生的干扰，a4*jQ8为Q8对Q5产生的干扰，a5*jQ9为Q9对Q5产生的干扰，b3*jQ6为Q6对Q7产生的干扰，b4*jQ8为Q8对Q7产生的干扰，b5*jQ9为Q9对Q7产生的干扰。设置a3*jQ6+a4*jQ8+a5*jQ9＝InT5’，b3*jQ6+b4*jQ8+b5*jQ9＝InT7’，上述式13和式14可以表示为如下式15和式16所示。
S5＝Q5+InT5’   (15)
S7＝-(Q7+InT7’)   (16)
进一步地，根据上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍可知，若要实现UE2的相噪补偿，则需要调制Q5至Q9，使得Q5＝-Q7，且InT5＝-InT7。这种情况下，InT5＝-InT7虽然不满足能量最小化的要求，即InT5＝InT7，但由于在满足上述式15和式16的条件下(即2个等式)，Q6、Q8和Q9的能量组合方式有多种(求解3个未知数)，从而UE2可以确定出Q6、Q8和Q9的总能量最小的最优解。比如，考虑到波形一般为实对称，且实虚信号使用相同的波形，可以设置波形的采样系数为a3＝a5＝b4＝b5、a4＝b3。如果另C＝2*a3*a5+a4*a4、D＝a3*a5+a3*a4，则Q6、Q8和Q9的能量分别为如下式17、式18和式19所示时，Q6、Q8和Q9的总能量最小，如下式20所示。
Figure PCTCN2022107961-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022107961-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022107961-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022107961-appb-000004
其中，ISI5为其他数据信号对S5信号的干扰，ISI7为其他数据信号对S7信号的干扰。
此外，本申请实施例中，网络设备发送终端集合对应的导频图案，可以是发送承载有终端集合对应的导频图案的如下至少一项：下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)、媒体访问控制-控制信元(media access control-control element，MAC-CE)、或无线资源管理(radio resource control，RRC)信令。相应地，终端集合获取终端集合对应的导频图案，可以是接收来自网络设备的如下至少一项：DCI、MAC-CE、或者RRC信令，从而获取终端集合对应的导频图案，或者，终端集合对应的导频图案可以预配置在本地，终端集合可以从本地直接获取终端集合对应的导频图案。
S1602，终端集合向网络设备发送终端集合对应的信号，网络设备接收来自终端集合对应的信号。
其中，仍以上述第i个终端和第j个终端为例，第i个终端可以调制并向网络设备发送第i个终端的信号，如信号S1和信号S3，同时，第j个终端可以调制并向网络设备发送第j个终端的信号，例如信号S5和信号S7，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。相应地，网络设备可以接收并解调第i个终端的信号，以及第j终端的信号，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
应理解，第i个终端和第j个终端的信号在传输过程受到相噪干扰，使得网络设备解调得到的信号也携带有该相噪。如此，网络设备可以将信号分别相加和相减，从而分别确定出第i个终端的相噪，以及第j个终端的相噪，以实现多用户相噪补偿，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
综上，基于图16所示出的信号传输方法可知，第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反，可以满足多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，从而实现多用户相噪补偿。在此基础上，增大参考信号间的时域间隔，例如第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，或者第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，能够降低第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，或者降低第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，从而降低调制第一参考信号或第三参考信号所需的能量，进而在实现多用户相噪补偿的同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，以实现覆盖范围更大，失真更小。
示例性地，图19为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图二。该信号传输方法可以适用于图15所示的任意两个节点之间，例如第一终端与网络设备之间的通 信。如图19所示，该信号传输方法包括如下步骤：
S1901，网络设备发送第一终端的第一导频图案，第一终端获取第一终端的第一导频图案。
其中，第一导频图案指示的参考信号可以满足如下规则：第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第一导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号(冗余信号)对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号(冗余信号)对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。其中，可选地，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同，从而可以减少调制信号过程中的变量数量，以便第一终端能够更快调制出对应的信号，从而提高信号的调制效率。
其中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。如此，相较于第十参考信号和第十一参考信号，分别位于实信号位置和虚信号位置的设置方案，第十参考信号和第十一参考信号同位于实信号位置，或者同位于虚信号位置，使其在信号调制流程中，不需要进行实虚转换，从而简化调制流程，以便第一终端能够更快调制出对应的信号，以提高信号的调制效率。
可选地，上述第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号。如此，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置。其中，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置可以为虚信号位置；或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置可以为实信号位置。换言之，用于干扰的参考信号(或者说冗余信号)，如第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号，与用于相噪补偿的参考信号，如第十参考信号和第十一参考信号，分别位于实信号位置和虚信号位置。如此，用于相噪补偿的参考信号，与冗余信号彼此之间可以是实虚部部分正交的关系，从而可以降低参考信号彼此之间的干扰，以进一步降低信号的PAPR，进一步提高信号的传输性能。
进一步地，上述第一导频图案也可以通过位置索引，间接指示各参考信号的时域位置，或者也可以通过具体时域位置，直接指示各参考信号的时域位置。其中，以位置索引指示为例，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，以及还可以包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引。其中，第六时域位置可以用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置可以用于指示第七时域位置，第八位置索引可以用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引可以用于指示第九时域位置。第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号可以连续，第八位置索引与第七位置索引的时域序号可以连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号可以连续。也就是说，按第六位置索引、第八位置索引、第七位置索引、第九位置索引的顺序，其时域序号依次连续，其指示的时域位置依次相邻，即第十二参考信号分别与第十参考信号和第十一参考信号的时域位置相邻，以及第十三参考信号与第十一参考信号的时域位置相邻，也即冗余信号与被干扰的参考 信号的时域位置相邻。如此，可以确保冗余信号对被干扰的参考信号产生的干扰足够大，以确保相噪补偿的准确性。
进一步地，网络设备发送第一终端的第一导频图案，可以是发送承载有第一导频图案的如下至少一项：DCI、MAC-CE、或者RRC信令，或者其他任何可能的消息，本申请对此不做任何限定。相应地，第一终端获取第一终端对应的导频图案，可以是接收来自网络设备的如下至少一项：DCI、MAC-CE、或者RRC信令，从而获取第一终端的第一导频图案，或者，第一终端的第一导频图案可以预配置在本地，以便从本地直接获取第一导频图案。
应理解，在用户场景下，网络设备还可以向第二终端发送第二终端的第二导频图案，相应的，第二终端也可以获得第二终端的第二导频图案。其中，第二终端的第二导频图案的具体实现，可以参考上述第i个终端的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
为便于理解，下面继续以UE1和UE2为例进行介绍。
示例3，图20为UE1和UE2对应的导频图案，如图20中的a所示，UE1的导频图案指示：Q1(上述第一参考信号)、Q2(上述第二参考信号)、Q3(上述第五参考信号)以及Q4(上述第六参考信号)，Q1至Q4在时域位置上连续放置，且Q1和Q3在实信号位置上连续放置，Q2和Q4在虚信号位置上连续放置。如图20中的b所示，UE2的导频图案指示：Q10(上述第十参考信号)、Q12(上述第十一参考信号)、Q11(上述第十二参考信号)以及Q13(上述第十三参考信号)，Q10-Q13在时域位置上连续放置，且Q10和Q12在实信号位置上连续放置，Q11和Q13在虚信号位置上连续放置。
一方面，UE1根据UE1的导频图案，以及第一预编码序列[1,1]，确定UE1需要在Q1所在时域位置(或者说第四时域位置)发射的信号S1，并需要在Q3所在时域位置(或者说第一时域位置)发射的信号S3，具体实现可以参考上述第一种实施方式中的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
另一方面，UE2根据UE2的导频图案，以及上述第一导频图案指示的规则，确定UE2需要在Q5所在时域位置(或者说第四时域位置)发射的信号S10，并需要在Q7所在时域位置(或者说第一时域位置)发射的信号S12。其中，信号S10可以如下式21所示，信号S12可以如下式22所示。
S10＝Q10+a7*jQ11+a8*jQ13   (21)
S12＝Q12+b7*jQ11+b8*jQ13   (22)
其中，a7*jQ11为Q11对Q10产生的干扰，a8*jQ13为Q13对Q10产生的干扰，b7*jQ11为Q11对Q12产生的干扰，b8*jQ13为Q13对Q12产生的干扰。设置a7*jQ11+a8*jQ13＝InT10，b7*jQ11+b8*jQ13＝InT12，则上述式21和式22可以表示为如下式23和式24所示。
S10＝Q10+InT10   (23)
S12＝Q12+InT12   (24)
应理解，调制Q10＝-Q12，可满足多用户相噪补偿的需要，具体实现原理可以参考下述S1902中的相关介绍。此外，调制Q11和Q13，使得InT10＝InT12，可以满足能量最小化的要求，即S10和S12的PAPR比较低。
S1902，第一终端向网络设备发送第一信号，网络设备接收来自第一终端的第一信号。
第一终端可以调制并向网络设备发送第一信号，例如信号S10和信号S12，以及，可选地，第二终端的可以调制并向网络设备发送第二信号，例如信号S1和信号S3，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。相应地，网络设备可以接收并解调第一终端的第一信号，以及，可选地，还可以接收并解调第二终端的第二信号，具体实现可以参考上述SC-OQAM的相关介绍，在此不再赘述。
应理解，上述第一信号和第二信号在传输过程受到相噪干扰，使得网络设备解调得到的信号也携带有该相噪。如此，网络设备可以将信号相减，从而确定第一终端的相噪，以根据第一终端的相噪，确定第二终端的相噪，从而实现多用户相噪补偿。
为便于理解，下面继续以UE1和UE2为例进行介绍。
示例3，若UE1向基站依次发送信号S1和信号S3，同时，UE2向基站发送信号S10和信号S12，则基站可以接收到的信号S110和信号S312。其中，S13可以如下式25所示，S14可以如下式26所示。
S110＝(Q1+InT1)*exp(1i*Θ1)+(Q10+InT10)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (25)
S312＝(Q3+InT3)*exp(1i*Θ1)+(Q12+InT12)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (26)
其中，exp(1i*Θ1)为UE1的相噪，exp(1i*Θ2)为UE2的相噪。如果将S110-S312，则S110-S312可以如下式27所示。
S110-S312＝(Q1-Q3+InT1-InT3)*exp(1i*Θ1)+(Q10-Q12+InT10-InT12)*exp(1i*Θ2)   (27)
其中，由于Q1＝Q3，InT1＝InT3，且Q10＝-Q12，InT10＝InT12，式27可以进一步表示为式28所示。
S110-S312＝2Q10*exp(1i*Θ2)   (28)
如此，基站可以根据式28，确定UE2的相噪exp(1i*Θ2)，再根据exp(1i*Θ2)，以及式25或式26，确定UE1的相噪exp(1i*Θ1)，从而实现多用户相噪补偿。
综上，基于图19所示出的信号传输方法可知，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的极性相反，可以满足多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，从而可以实现多用户相噪补偿。在此基础上，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的极性相同，可以满足能量最小化所需的条件，以便调制第十参考信号与第十一参考信号所需的能量最小，从而在实现多用户相噪补偿同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能。
示例性地，图21为本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的流程示意图三。该信号传输方法可以适用于图15所示的任意两个节点之间，例如终端(比如第一终端)与网络设备之间的通信。如图21所示，该信号传输方法包括如下步骤：
S2101，网络设备发送第一信息。相应的，终端获取第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，可以承载在如下至少一项：DCI、MAC-CE、或者RRC信令中，或者其他任何可能的消息中，本申请对此不做任何限定。一种实现方式中，第一信息可以包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应，以便终端根据第一信息中的预编码序列，便可以确定使用哪一种导频图案来发送 信号，无需额外的信令指示，从而可以信令开销，提高通信效率。另一种实现方式中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式(type1)或第二模式(type2)，第一模式可以用于指示终端使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示终端使用第二导频图案，以便终端根据第一信息指示的模式，便可以确定使用哪一种导频图案来发送信号，无需额外的信令指示，从而可以信令开销，提高通信效率。其中，第一模式也可以用其他名称代替，例如第一导频模式、第一发送模式、第一工作模式等等，同理，第二模式也可以用其他名称代替，例如第二导频模式、第二发送模式、第二工作模式等等，本申请对此不做任何限定。
其中，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。需要说明的是，第一导频图案和第二导频图案的具体实现可以参考上述S1601中的相关介绍，不再赘述。
S2102，终端发送第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。相应的，网络设备接收第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。
其中，根据上述S2101中的相关介绍可知，终端可以根据第一信息中的预编码序列，或者第一信息指示的模式，确定使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案。这样，终端可以根据第一导频图案，发送第一导频图案对应的信号，或者根据第二导频图案，发送第二导频图案对应的信号，具体实现可以参考上述S1602中的相关介绍，不再赘述。
基于图21所示的方法可知，由于导频图案有多种，例如包括第一导频图案或第二导频图案，在多用户场景下，终端便可以选择使用对应的导频图案来发送信号，比如当一个终端已选择第一导频图案以及第一预编码序列来发送信号，另一个终端便可以选择第二导频图案以及第二预编码序列来发送信号。这种情况下，一方面，由于第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反，可以满足多用户相噪补偿所需的条件，从而可以实现多用户相噪补偿。另一方面，由于第一导频图案或第二导频图案中参考信号的时域间隔不同，例如第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，或者第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔，大于第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，从而能够降低第二参考信号对第一参考信号的干扰，或者降低第四参考信号对第三参考信号的干扰，进而降低调制第一参考信号或第三参考信号所需的能量，进而在实现多用户相噪补偿的同时，降低信号的PAPR，提高信号传输性能，以实现覆盖范围更大，失真更小。
可选地，结合上述实施例，第一种可能的设计方案中，在S2101之前，上述方法还可以包括：步骤1，网络设备发送第二信息。相应的，终端获取第二信息。
其中，第二信息可以承载在如下至少一项：DCI、MAC-CE、或者RRC信令中，或者其他任何可能的消息中，本申请对此不做任何限定。
一种可能的实现方式中，第二信息可以包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系(记为对应关系1)，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系(记为 对应关系2)。该对应关系1可以是第一预编码序列的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或第一预编码序列本身，与第一导频图案的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或者第一导频图案本身之间的对应关系；同理，该对应关系2可以是第二预编码序列的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或第二预编码序列本身，与第二导频图案的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或者第二导频图案本身之间的对应关系，本申请对此不做任何限定。如此，终端在接收到第一信息时，能够根据上述预编码序列与导频图案的对应关系，准确地确定其需要使用的导频图案。
另一种可能的实现方式中，第二信息可以包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系(记为对应关系3)，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系(记为对应关系4)。该对应关系3可以是第一模式的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或第一模式本身，与第一导频图案的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或者第一导频图案本身之间的对应关系；同理，该对应关系4可以是第二模式序列的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或第二模式本身，与第二导频图案的如下一项或多项：索引、标识、或者第二导频图案本身之间的对应关系，本申请对此不做任何限定。如此，终端在接收到第一信息时，能够根据模式与导频图案的对应关系，准确地确定其需要使用的导频图案。
可以理解，如果上述对应关系中包括第一导频图案本身和/或第二导频图案本身，则说明第一信息还包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案，以实现信令复用，提高通信效率。
以上结合图16-图21详细说明了本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法。以下结合图22-图24详细说明用于执行本申请实施例提供的信号传输方法的信号传输装置。
示例性地，图22是本申请实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构示意图一。如图22所示，信号传输装置2200包括：接收模块2201和发送模块2202。为了便于说明，图22仅示出了该信号传输装置的主要部件。
第一种实施例中，信号传输装置2200可适用于图15中所示出的通信系统中，执行图16中所示出的方法中终端集合的功能。
其中，接收模块2201，用于获取信号传输装置2200对应的导频图案。
发送模块2202，用于向网络设备发送终端集合对应的信号。
其中，信号传输装置2200包括：M个终端，M为大于1的整数。M个终端中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置。M个终端中，第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。i和j为1至M之间任意取值的整数。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第二参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。第i个终端的信号根据第i个终端的导频图案确定，第j个终端的信号根据第j个终端的导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与 第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。其中，第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。其中，第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
另一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一 位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块2202和接收模块2201也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块(图22中未示出)。其中，收发模块用于实现信号传输装置2200的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括处理模块(图22中未示出)。其中，处理模块用于实现该信号传输装置2200的处理功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括存储模块(图22中未示出)，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得信号传输装置2200可以执行图16所示出的方法中终端集合的功能。
应理解，信号传输装置2200中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，可以为处理器或处理单元；收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，可以为收发器或收发单元。
需要说明的是，信号传输装置2200可以是终端集合，也可以是可设置于终端集合中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含终端集合的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，信号传输装置2200的技术效果可以参考图16所示出的方法中终端集合对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二种实施例中，信号传输装置2200可适用于图15中所示出的通信系统中，执行图16中所示出的方法中网络设备的功能。
其中，发送模块2202，用于发送M个终端对应的导频图案。
接收模块2201，用于接收来自M个终端对应的信号。
其中，M为大于1的整数。M个终端中，第i个终端的导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置。M个终端中，第j个终端的导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。i和j为1至M之间任意取值的整数。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第二参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。第i个终端的信号根据第i个终端的导频图案确定，第j个终端的信号根据第j个终端的导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七 参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。其中，第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。其中，第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第i个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第j个终端的导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。此外，第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第二干扰信号可以包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号。第四干扰信号可以包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
另一种可能的设计方案中，第j个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第i个终端的导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。
其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。并且，第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块2202和接收模块2201也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块(图22中未示出)。其中，收发模块用于实现信号传输装置2200的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括处理模块(图22中未示出)。其中，处理模块用于实现该信号传输装置2200的处理功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括存储模块(图22中未示出)，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得信号传输装置2200可以执行图16所示出的方法中网络设备的功能。
应理解，信号传输装置2200中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，可以为处理器或处理单元；收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，可以为收发器或收发单元。
需要说明的是，信号传输装置2200可以是网络设备，也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含网络设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，信号传输装置2200的技术效果可以参考图16所示出的方法中网络设备对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第三种实施例中，信号传输装置2200可适用于图15中所示出的通信系统中，执行图19中所示出的方法中网络终端的功能。
发送模块2202，用于发送第一终端的第一导频图案。接收模块2201，用于接收来自第一终端的第一信号。其中，第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第三导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第一信号根据第一导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。
可选地，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，第六时域位置用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置用于指示第七时域位置。
可选地，多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号；第一导频图案还用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置；若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位 置为虚信号位置，或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为实信号位置。
进一步地，第一导频图案包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引，第八位置索引用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引用于指示第九时域位置。
进一步地，第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号连续，第八位置索引与第七位置索引的时域序号连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块2202和接收模块2201也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块(图22中未示出)。其中，收发模块用于实现信号传输装置2200的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括处理模块(图22中未示出)。其中，处理模块用于实现该信号传输装置2200的处理功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括存储模块(图22中未示出)，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得信号传输装置2200可以执行图19所示出的方法中网络设备的功能。
应理解，信号传输装置2200中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，可以为处理器或处理单元；收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，可以为收发器或收发单元。
需要说明的是，信号传输装置2200可以是网络设备，也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含网络设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，信号传输装置2200的技术效果可以参考图19所示出的方法中网络设备对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第四种实施例中，信号传输装置2200可适用于图15中所示出的通信系统中，执行图19中所示出的方法中第一终端的功能。
其中，接收模块2201，用于获取信号传输装置2200的第一导频图案。
发送模块2202，用于向网络设备发送第一信号。其中，第一导频图案指示的第十参考信号，与第三导频图案指示的第十一参考信号的极性相反。第十参考信号的第五干扰信号，与第十一参考信号的第六干扰信号的极性相同。第五干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十参考信号产生的干扰信号，第六干扰信号包括：第一导频图案指示的多个参考信号对第十一参考信号产生的干扰信号。第一信号根据第一导频图案确定。
一种可能的设计方案中，第十参考信号与第十一参考信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第五干扰信号与第六干扰信号的幅度可以相同。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案可以用于指示第十参考信号位于第六时域位置，且第十一参考信号位于第七时域位置。第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为实信号位置，或者，第六时域位置和第七时域位置可以为虚信号位置。
可选地，第一导频图案可以包括：第六位置索引和第七位置索引，第六时域位置用于指示第六时域位置，第七时域位置用于指示第七时域位置。
可选地，多个参考信号可以包括：第十二参考信号和第十三参考信号；第一导频 图案还用于指示第十二参考信号位于第八时域位置，且第十三参考信号位于第九时域位置；若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为实信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为虚信号位置，或者，若第六时域位置和第七时域位置为虚信号位置，则第八时域位置和第九时域位置为实信号位置。
进一步地，第一导频图案包括：第八位置索引和第九位置索引，第八位置索引用于指示第八时域位置，第九位置索引用于指示第九时域位置。
进一步地，第六位置索引与第八位置索引的时域序号连续，第八位置索引与第七位置索引的时域序号连续，第七位置索引与第九位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块2202和接收模块2201也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块(图22中未示出)。其中，收发模块用于实现信号传输装置2200的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括处理模块(图22中未示出)。其中，处理模块用于实现该信号传输装置2200的处理功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括存储模块(图22中未示出)，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得信号传输装置2200可以执行图19所示出的方法中第一终端的功能。
应理解，信号传输装置2200中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，可以为处理器或处理单元；收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，可以为收发器或收发单元。
需要说明的是，信号传输装置2200可以是终端设备，例如第一终端，也可以是可设置于终端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含终端设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，信号传输装置2200的技术效果可以参考图19所示出的方法中第一终端对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第五种实施例中，信号传输装置2200可适用于图15中所示出的通信系统中，执行图20中所示出的方法中终端的功能。
其中，接收模块2201，用于获取第一信息；发送模块2202，用于发送第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示信号传输装置2200使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应。
可选地，接收模块2201，还用于在获取第一信息之前，获取第二信息，第二信息包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式或第二模式，第一模式 可以用于指示信号传输装置2200使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示信号传输装置2200使用第二导频图案。
可选地，接收模块2201，还用于在获取第一信息之前，获取第二信息，第二信息包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息还可以包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同。第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
可选地，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置；或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置。第 四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置；或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引可以用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引可以用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引可以用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引可以用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引可以用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引可以用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块2202和接收模块2201也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块(图22中未示出)。其中，收发模块用于实现信号传输装置2200的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括处理模块(图22中未示出)。其中，处理模块用于实现该信号传输装置2200的处理功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括存储模块(图22中未示出)，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得信号传输装置2200可以执行图20所示出的方法中终端的功能。
应理解，信号传输装置2200中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，可以为处理器或处理单元；收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，可以为收发器或收发单元。
需要说明的是，信号传输装置2200可以是终端，也可以是可设置于终端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含终端的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，信号传输装置2200的技术效果可以参考图20所示出的方法中终端对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第六种实施例中，信号传输装置2200可适用于图15中所示出的通信系统中，执行图20中所示出的方法中网络设备的功能。
其中，发送模块2202，用于发送第一信息。接收模块2201，用于接收第一导频图案或第二导频图案对应的信号。其中，第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置，第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第 四参考信号位于第三时域位置。第一时域位置与第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于第一时域位置与第三时域位置间的时域间隔。第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以包括第一预编码序列或第二预编码序列，第一预编码序列与第一导频图案对应，第二预编码序列与第二导频图案对应。
可选地，发送模块2201，还用于在发送第一信息之前，发送第二信息，第二信息包括第一预编码序列与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二预编码序列与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息可以用于指示第一模式或第二模式，第一模式可以用于指示终端使用第一导频图案，第二模式可以用于指示终端使用第二导频图案。
可选地，发送模块2201，还用于在发送第一信息之前，发送第二信息，第二信息包括第一模式与第一导频图案的对应关系，和/或第二模式与第二导频图案的对应关系。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一信息还可以包括第一导频图案和/或第二导频图案。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于第二时域位置；第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号、第八参考信号和第九参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
一种可能的设计方案中，第一导频图案还可以用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第六参考信号位于第五时域位置。第二导频图案还可以用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且第八参考信号位于第五时域位置。第一预编码序列中，第一参考信号对应的取值与第五参考信号对应的取值相同；第二预编码序列中，第三参考信号对应的取值与第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
可选地，通过第一预编序列调制的第一参考信号和第三参考信号可以满足如下关系：第一参考信号与第五参考信号的极性相同，且第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同。第一干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，第二干扰信号包括：第二参考信号和第六参考信号对第五参考信号产生的干扰信号。通过第二预编序列调制的第三参考信号和第七参考信号可以满足如下关系：第三参考信号与第七参考信号的极性相反，且第三 参考信号的第三干扰信号，与第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反。第三干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，第四干扰信号包括：第四参考信号和第八参考信号对第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
可选地，第一参考信号与第五参考信号的幅度相同，第二参考信号与第六参考信号的幅度相同，第一干扰信号与第二干扰信号的幅度相同，第三干扰信号与第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
可选地，第一时域位置为实信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或第一时域位置为虚信号位置，第二时域位置和第三时域位置为实信号位置；第四时域位置为实信号位置，第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或第四时域位置为虚信号位置，第五时域位置为实信号位置。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，第二导频图案可以包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。第一导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引。其中，第一位置索引用于指示第一时域位置，第二位置索引用于指示第二时域位置，第三位置索引用于指示第三时域位置，第四位置索引用于指示第四时域位置，第五位置索引用于指示第五时域位置。第三位置索引与第四位置索引的时域序号连续，第四位置索引与第二位置索引的时域序号连续，第二位置索引与第一位置索引的时域序号连续，第一位置索引与第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
可选地，发送模块2202和接收模块2201也可以集成为一个模块，例如收发模块(图22中未示出)。其中，收发模块用于实现信号传输装置2200的发送功能和接收功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括处理模块(图22中未示出)。其中，处理模块用于实现该信号传输装置2200的处理功能。
可选地，信号传输装置2200还可以包括存储模块(图22中未示出)，该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时，使得信号传输装置2200可以执行图20所示出的方法中网络设备的功能。
应理解，信号传输装置2200中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，可以为处理器或处理单元；收发模块可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现，可以为收发器或收发单元。
需要说明的是，信号传输装置2200可以是网络设备，也可以是可设置于网络设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件，还可以是包含网络设备的装置，本申请对此不做限定。
此外，信号传输装置2200的技术效果可以参考图20所示出的方法中网络设备对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
示例性地，图23为本申请实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构示意图二。该信号传输装置可以是终端设备或网络设备，也可以是可设置于终端设备或网络设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。如图23所示，信号传输装置2300可以包括处理器2301。可选地，信号传输装置2300还可以包括存储器2302和/或收发器2303。其中，处理器2301与存储器2302和收发器2303耦合，比如可以通过通信总线连接。
下面结合图23对信号传输装置2300的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍：
其中，处理器2301是信号传输装置2300的控制中心，可以是一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，处理器2301是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或者是被配置成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)。
可选地，处理器2301可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器2302内的软件程序，以及调用存储在存储器2302内的数据，执行信号传输装置2300的各种功能。
在具体的实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器2301可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图23中所示出的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，信号传输装置2300也可以包括多个处理器。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU)，也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
其中，所述存储器2302用于存储执行本申请方案的软件程序，并由处理器2301来控制执行，具体实现方式可以参考上述方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
可选地，存储器2302可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器2302可以和处理器2301集成在一起，也可以独立存在，并通过信号传输装置2300的接口电路(图23中未示出)与处理器2301耦合，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
收发器2303，用于与其他信号传输装置之间的通信。例如，信号传输装置2300为终端设备，收发器2303可以用于与网络设备通信，或者与另一个终端设备通信。又例如，信号传输装置2300为网络设备，收发器2303可以用于与终端设备通信，或者与另一个网络设备通信。
可选地，收发器2303可以包括接收器和发送器(图23中未单独示出)。其中， 接收器用于实现接收功能，发送器用于实现发送功能。
可选地，收发器2303可以和处理器2301集成在一起，也可以独立存在，并通过信号传输装置2300的接口电路(图23中未示出)与处理器2301耦合，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是，图23中示出的信号传输装置2300的结构并不构成对该信号传输装置的限定，实际的信号传输装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
此外，信号传输装置2300的技术效果可以参考上述方法实施例所述的信号传输方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
示例性地，图24为本申请实施例提供的信号传输装置的结构示意图三。该信号传输装置可以是终端设备或网络设备，也可以是可设置于终端设备或网络设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。如图24所示，信号传输装置2400可以包括：逻辑电路2401和输入输出接口2402。其中，输入输出接口2402，用于接收代码指令并传输至逻辑电路2401。逻辑电路2401用于运行代码指令以执行如上述的方法。
此外，信号传输装置2400的技术效果可以参考上述方法实施例所述的信号传输方法的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括上述一个或多个终端设备，以及一个或多个网络设备。
应理解，在本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
上述实施例，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件(例如电路)、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机 上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系，但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系，具体可参考前后文进行理解。
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以 是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (32)

  1. 一种信号传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    终端获取第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示所述终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，所述第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置；所述第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于所述第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置；所述第一时域位置与所述第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于所述第一时域位置与所述第三时域位置间的时域间隔；所述第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与所述第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反；
    所述终端发送所述第一导频图案或所述第二导频图案对应的信号。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第一预编码序列或所述第二预编码序列，所述第一预编码序列与所述第一导频图案对应，所述第二预编码序列与所述第二导频图案对应。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息用于指示第一模式或第二模式，所述第一模式用于指示所述终端使用所述第一导频图案，所述第二模式用于指示所述终端使用所述第二导频图案。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一导频图案还用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且所述第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；所述第二导频图案还用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，所述第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于所述第二时域位置；所述第一预编码序列中，所述第一参考信号对应的取值与所述第五参考信号对应的取值相同；所述第二预编码序列中，所述第三参考信号对应的取值与所述第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，通过所述第一预编序列调制的所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号满足如下关系：所述第一参考信号与所述第五参考信号的极性相同，且所述第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与所述第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同；所述第一干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第二干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第五参考信号产生的干扰信号；
    通过所述第二预编序列调制的所述第三参考信号和所述第七参考信号满足如下关系：所述第三参考信号与所述第七参考信号的极性相反，且所述第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与所述第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反；所述第三干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号、所述第八参考信号和所述第九参考信号对所述第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第四干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号、所述第八参考信号和所述第九参考信号对所述第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
  6. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一导频图案还用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且所述第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；所述第二导频图案还用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且所述第八参考信号位于第五时域位置；所述第一预编码序列中，所述第一参考信号对应的取值与所述第五参考信号对应的取值相同；所述第二预编码序列中，所述第三参考信号对应的取值与 所述第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，通过所述第一预编序列调制的所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号满足如下关系：所述第一参考信号与所述第五参考信号的极性相同，且所述第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与所述第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同；所述第一干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第二干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第五参考信号产生的干扰信号；
    通过所述第二预编序列调制的所述第三参考信号和所述第七参考信号满足如下关系：所述第三参考信号与所述第七参考信号的极性相反，且所述第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与所述第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反；所述第三干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号和所述第八参考信号对所述第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第四干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号和所述第八参考信号对所述第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
  8. 根据权利要求4-7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信号与所述第五参考信号的幅度相同，所述第二参考信号与所述第六参考信号的幅度相同，所述第一干扰信号与所述第二干扰信号的幅度相同，所述第三干扰信号与所述第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
  9. 根据权利要求4-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时域位置为实信号位置，所述第二时域位置和所述第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或所述第一时域位置为虚信号位置，所述第二时域位置和所述第三时域位置为实信号位置；所述第四时域位置为实信号位置，所述第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或所述第四时域位置为虚信号位置，所述第五时域位置为实信号位置。
  10. 根据权利要求4、5、8或9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引；所述第一导频图案包括：所述第一位置索引、所述第二位置索引、所述第四位置索引和所述第五位置索引，其中，所述第一位置索引用于指示所述第一时域位置，所述第二位置索引用于指示所述第二时域位置，所述第三位置索引用于指示所述第三时域位置，所述第四位置索引用于指示所述第四时域位置，所述第五位置索引用于指示所述第五时域位置，所述第三位置索引与所述第四位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第四位置索引与所述第二位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第二位置索引与所述第一位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第一位置索引与所述第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
  11. 根据权利要求6或9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引；所述第一导频图案包括：所述第一位置索引、第二位置索引、所述第四位置索引和所述第五位置索引，其中，所述第一位置索引用于指示所述第一时域位置，所述第二位置索引用于指示所述第二时域位置，所述第三位置索引用于指示所述第三时域位置，所述第四位置索引用于指示所述第四时域位置，所述第五位置索引用于指示所述第五时域位置，所述第三位置索引与所述第四位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第四位置索引与所述第二位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第二位置索引与所述第一位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第一位 置索引与所述第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
  12. 一种信号传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    网络设备发送第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，所述第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置；所述第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于所述第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置；所述第一时域位置与所述第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于所述第一时域位置与所述第三时域位置间的时域间隔；所述第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与所述第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反；
    所述网络设备接收所述第一导频图案或所述第二导频图案对应的信号。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第一预编码序列或所述第二预编码序列，所述第一预编码序列与所述第一导频图案对应，所述第二预编码序列与所述第二导频图案对应。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息用于指示第一模式或第二模式，所述第一模式用于指示所述终端使用所述第一导频图案，所述第二模式用于指示所述终端使用所述第二导频图案。
  15. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一导频图案还用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且所述第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；所述第二导频图案还用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，所述第八参考信号位于第五时域位置，且第九参考信号位于所述第二时域位置；所述第一预编码序列中，所述第一参考信号对应的取值与所述第五参考信号对应的取值相同；所述第二预编码序列中，所述第三参考信号对应的取值与所述第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，通过所述第一预编序列调制的所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号满足如下关系：所述第一参考信号与所述第五参考信号的极性相同，且所述第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与所述第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同；所述第一干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第二干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第五参考信号产生的干扰信号；
    通过所述第二预编序列调制的所述第三参考信号和所述第七参考信号满足如下关系：所述第三参考信号与所述第七参考信号的极性相反，且所述第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与所述第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反；所述第三干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号、所述第八参考信号和所述第九参考信号对所述第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第四干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号、所述第八参考信号和所述第九参考信号对所述第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
  17. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一导频图案还用于指示第五参考信号位于第四时域位置，且所述第六参考信号位于第五时域位置；所述第二导频图案还用于指示第七参考信号位于第四时域位置，且所述第八参考信号位于第五时域位置；所述第一预编码序列中，所述第一参考信号对应的取值与所述第五参考信号对应的取值相同；所述第二预编码序列中，所述第三参考信号对应的取值 与所述第七参考信号对应的取值相反。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，通过所述第一预编序列调制的所述第一参考信号和所述第三参考信号满足如下关系：所述第一参考信号与所述第五参考信号的极性相同，且所述第一参考信号的第一干扰信号，与所述第五参考信号的第二干扰信号的极性相同；所述第一干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第一参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第二干扰信号包括：所述第二参考信号和所述第六参考信号对所述第五参考信号产生的干扰信号；
    通过所述第二预编序列调制的所述第三参考信号和所述第七参考信号满足如下关系：所述第三参考信号与所述第七参考信号的极性相反，且所述第三参考信号的第三干扰信号，与所述第七参考信号的第四干扰信号的极性相反；所述第三干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号和所述第八参考信号对所述第三参考信号产生的干扰信号，所述第四干扰信号包括：所述第四参考信号和所述第八参考信号对所述第七参考信号产生的干扰信号。
  19. 根据权利要求15-18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信号与所述第五参考信号的幅度相同，所述第二参考信号与所述第六参考信号的幅度相同，所述第一干扰信号与所述第二干扰信号的幅度相同，所述第三干扰信号与所述第四干扰信号的幅度相同。
  20. 根据权利要求12-19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时域位置为实信号位置，所述第二时域位置和所述第三时域位置为虚信号位置，或所述第一时域位置为虚信号位置，所述第二时域位置和所述第三时域位置为实信号位置；所述第四时域位置为实信号位置，所述第五时域位置为虚信号位置，或所述第四时域位置为虚信号位置，所述第五时域位置为实信号位置。
  21. 根据权利要求15、16或20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第二位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引；所述第一导频图案包括：所述第一位置索引、所述第二位置索引、所述第四位置索引和所述第五位置索引，其中，所述第一位置索引用于指示所述第一时域位置，所述第二位置索引用于指示所述第二时域位置，所述第三位置索引用于指示所述第三时域位置，所述第四位置索引用于指示所述第四时域位置，所述第五位置索引用于指示所述第五时域位置，所述第三位置索引与所述第四位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第四位置索引与所述第二位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第二位置索引与所述第一位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第一位置索引与所述第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
  22. 根据权利要求17-21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二导频图案包括：第一位置索引、第三位置索引、第四位置索引和第五位置索引；所述第一导频图案包括：所述第一位置索引、第二位置索引、所述第四位置索引和所述第五位置索引，其中，所述第一位置索引用于指示所述第一时域位置，所述第二位置索引用于指示所述第二时域位置，所述第三位置索引用于指示所述第三时域位置，所述第四位置索引用于指示所述第四时域位置，所述第五位置索引用于指示所述第五时域位置，所述第三位置索引与所述第四位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第四位置索引与所述第二位置索引的时域序号连续，所述第二位置索引与所述第一位置索引的时域序号连续， 所述第一位置索引与所述第五位置索引的时域序号连续。
  23. 一种信号传输装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：接收模块和发送模块，其中，
    所述接收模块，用于获取第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示所述信号传输装置使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，所述第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置；所述第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于所述第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置；所述第一时域位置与所述第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于所述第一时域位置与所述第三时域位置间的时域间隔；所述第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与所述第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反；
    所述发送模块，用于发送所述第一导频图案或所述第二导频图案对应的信号。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第一预编码序列或所述第二预编码序列，所述第一预编码序列与所述第一导频图案对应，所述第二预编码序列与所述第二导频图案对应。
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信息用于指示第一模式或第二模式，所述第一模式用于指示所述信号传输装置使用所述第一导频图案，所述第二模式用于指示所述信号传输装置使用所述第二导频图案。
  26. 一种信号传输装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：发送模块和接收模块，其中，
    所述发送模块，用于发送第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示终端使用第一导频图案或第二导频图案，所述第一导频图案用于指示第一参考信号位于第一时域位置，且第二参考信号位于第二时域位置；所述第二导频图案用于指示第三参考信号位于所述第一时域位置，且第四参考信号位于第三时域位置；所述第一时域位置与所述第二时域位置间的时域间隔，小于或大于所述第一时域位置与所述第三时域位置间的时域间隔；所述第一参考信号在第一预编码序列中对应的取值，与所述第三参考信号在第二预编码序列中对应的取值相反；
    所述接收模块，用于接收所述第一导频图案或所述第二导频图案对应的信号。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第一预编码序列或所述第二预编码序列，所述第一预编码序列与所述第一导频图案对应，所述第二预编码序列与所述第二导频图案对应。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信息用于指示第一模式或第二模式，所述第一模式用于指示所述终端使用所述第一导频图案，所述第二模式用于指示所述终端使用所述第二导频图案。
  29. 一种信号传输装置，其特征在于，所述信号传输装置包括：处理器；其中，
    所述处理器，用于执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法，或者执行如权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法。
  30. 一种信号传输装置，其特征在于，包括：逻辑电路和输入输出接口；其中，
    所述输入输出接口，用于接收代码指令并传输至所述逻辑电路；
    所述逻辑电路用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法， 或者执行如权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法。
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法，或者执行如权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法。
  32. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法，或者执行如权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/107961 2021-07-31 2022-07-26 信号传输方法及装置 WO2023011258A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22851972.4A EP4373043A1 (en) 2021-07-31 2022-07-26 Signal transmission method and apparatus
US18/426,760 US20240171437A1 (en) 2021-07-31 2024-01-30 Signal transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110876823.0 2021-07-31
CN202110876823 2021-07-31
CN202111179100.1A CN115695127A (zh) 2021-07-31 2021-10-08 信号传输方法及装置
CN202111179100.1 2021-10-08

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/426,760 Continuation US20240171437A1 (en) 2021-07-31 2024-01-30 Signal transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011258A1 true WO2023011258A1 (zh) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85059732

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/107961 WO2023011258A1 (zh) 2021-07-31 2022-07-26 信号传输方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20240171437A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4373043A1 (zh)
CN (1) CN115695127A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023011258A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108111270A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 导频信号发送、接收方法及装置
WO2018137223A1 (zh) * 2017-01-25 2018-08-02 华为技术有限公司 发送参考信号的方法和装置及接收参考信号的方法和装置
CN112600658A (zh) * 2016-07-28 2021-04-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 传输导频信号的方法、终端设备和网络侧设备
CN112929144A (zh) * 2016-09-12 2021-06-08 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 导频信号的传输方法和设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112600658A (zh) * 2016-07-28 2021-04-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 传输导频信号的方法、终端设备和网络侧设备
CN112929144A (zh) * 2016-09-12 2021-06-08 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 导频信号的传输方法和设备
WO2018137223A1 (zh) * 2017-01-25 2018-08-02 华为技术有限公司 发送参考信号的方法和装置及接收参考信号的方法和装置
CN108111270A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 导频信号发送、接收方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115695127A (zh) 2023-02-03
EP4373043A1 (en) 2024-05-22
US20240171437A1 (en) 2024-05-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020238573A1 (zh) 信号处理方法及装置
EP3913876A1 (en) Data transmision method and device
US20220263697A1 (en) Symbol processing method and apparatus
WO2022042343A1 (zh) 信号生成方法及装置
US11991112B2 (en) Symbol processing method and apparatus
JP7250944B2 (ja) 基準信号生成方法及び通信機器
WO2023093821A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2023011258A1 (zh) 信号传输方法及装置
EP4391468A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2022228117A1 (zh) 一种确定ptrs图案的方法和装置
WO2020216068A1 (zh) 发送参考信号的方法和装置
WO2021134600A1 (zh) 信号传输的方法及装置
WO2020143780A1 (zh) 信号处理的方法和装置
WO2020114317A1 (zh) 一种参考信号的传输方法及装置
WO2023116613A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
EP4336786A1 (en) Signal transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023197931A1 (zh) 一种信号传输方法及装置
WO2023185973A1 (zh) 通信方法以及相关装置
WO2022262575A1 (zh) 一种信号传输的方法及装置
WO2022253116A1 (zh) 一种多用户通信的方法及相关通信装置
WO2022262532A1 (zh) 符号传输的方法和通信装置
WO2023065856A1 (zh) 数能同传方法及装置
WO2022082378A1 (zh) 一种信号传输方法和通信装置
WO2021093616A1 (zh) 一种信号传输方法及装置
WO2024020813A1 (zh) 参考信号传输方法及通信装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22851972

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022851972

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022851972

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240212

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE